<<

§ 13.215 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(f) Agree not to administer an exam- 15.35 Measurement functions and ination to an employee, relative, or bandwidths. relative of an employee. 15.37 Transition provisions for compliance with the rules. § 13.215 Question pools. 15.38 Incorporation by reference. The question pool for each written Subpart B—Unintentional Radiators examination element will be composed of questions acceptable to the FCC. 15.101 Equipment authorization of uninten- Each question pool must contain at tional radiators. 15.102 CPU boards and power supplies used least five (5) times the number of ques- in personal . tions required for a single examination. 15.103 Exempted devices. The FCC will issue public announce- 15.105 Information to the user. ments detailing the questions in the 15.107 Conducted limits. pool for each element. COLEMs must 15.109 Radiated emission limits. use only currently-authorized (through 15.111 power conduction limits for public notice or other appropriate receivers. 15.113 Power line carrier systems. means) question pools when preparing 15.115 TV interface devices, including cable a question set for a written examina- system terminal devices. tion element. 15.117 TV broadcast receivers. 15.118 Cable ready consumer electronics [73 FR 4479, Jan. 25, 2008] equipment. § 13.217 Records. 15.119 Closed caption decoder requirements for analog receivers. Each COLEM recovering fees from 15.120 Program blocking technology re- examinees must maintain records of quirements for television receivers. expenses and revenues, of ex- 15.121 Scanning receivers and frequency aminations administered, and exam- converters used with scanning receivers. ination pass rates. Records must cover 15.122 Closed caption decoder requirements for receivers and con- the period from January 1 to December verter boxes. 31 of the preceding year and must be 15.123 Labeling of digital cable ready prod- submitted as directed by the Commis- ucts. sion. Each COLEM must retain records 15.124 DTV transition notices by manufac- for 1 year and the records must be turers of and related devices. made available to the FCC upon re- quest. Subpart C—Intentional Radiators 15.201 Equipment authorization require- PART 15— FREQUENCY ment. DEVICES 15.202 Certified operating frequency range. 15.203 Antenna requirement. 15.204 External radio frequency power am- Subpart A—General plifiers and antenna modifications. Sec. 15.205 Restricted bands of operation. 15.1 Scope of this part. 15.207 Conducted limits. 15.3 Definitions. 15.209 Radiated emission limits; general re- 15.5 General conditions of operation. quirements. 15.7 [Reserved] 15.211 Tunnel radio systems. 15.9 Prohibition against eavesdropping. 15.212 Modular . 15.11 Cross reference. 15.213 Cable locating equipment. 15.13 Incidental radiators. 15.214 Cordless telephones. 15.15 General technical requirements. RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS, ADDITIONAL 15.17 Susceptibility to interference. PROVISIONS 15.19 Labelling requirements. 15.21 Information to user. 15.215 Additional provisions to the general 15.23 Home-built devices. radiated emission limitations. 15.25 Kits. 15.217 Operation in the band 160–190 kHz. 15.27 Special accessories. 15.219 Operation in the band 510–1705 kHz. 15.29 Inspection by the Commission. 15.221 Operation in the band 525–1705 kHz. 15.31 Measurement standards. 15.223 Operation in the band 1.705–10 MHz. 15.32 Test procedures for CPU boards and 15.225 Operation within the band 13.110– power supplies. 14.010 MHz. 15.33 Frequency range of radiated measure- 15.227 Operation within the band 26.96–27.28 ments. MHz.

746

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00756 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.1

15.229 Operation within the band 40.66–40.70 15.503 Definitions. MHz. 15.505 Cross reference. 15.231 Periodic operation in the band 40.66– 15.507 Marketing of UWB equipment. 40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz. 15.509 Technical requirements for 15.233 Operation within the bands 43.71–44.49 penetrating radars and wall imaging sys- MHz, 46.60–46.98 MHz, 48.75–49.51 MHz and tems. 49.66–50.0 MHz. 15.510 Technical requirements for through 15.235 Operation within the band 49.82–49.90 D-wall imaging systems. MHz. 15.511 Technical requirements for surveil- 15.237 Operation in the bands 72.0–73.0 MHz, lance systems. 74.6–74.8 MHz and 75.2–76.0 MHz. 15.513 Technical requirements for medical 15.239 Operation in the band 88–108 MHz. imaging systems. 15.240 Operation in the band 433.5–434.5 MHz. 15.515 Technical requirements for vehicular 15.241 Operation in the band 174–216 MHz. radar systems. 15.242 Operation in the bands 174–216 MHz 15.517 Technical requirements for indoor and 470–668 MHz. UWB systems. 15.243 Operation in the band 890–940 MHz. 15.519 Technical requirements for hand held 15.245 Operation within the bands 902–928 UWB systems. MHz, 2435–2465 MHz, 5785–5815 MHz, 10500– 15.521 Technical requirements applicable to 10550 MHz, and 24075–24175 MHz. all UWB devices. 15.247 Operation within the bands 902–928 15.523 Measurement procedures. MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz. 15.525 Coordination requirements. 15.249 Operation within the bands 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, 5725–5875 MHz, and Subpart G—Access Over 24.0–24.25 GHz. Power Line (Access BPL) 15.250 Operation of wideband systems with- in the band 5925–7250 MHz. 15.601 Scope. 15.251 Operation within the bands 2.9–3.26 15.603 Definitions. GHz, 3.267–3.332 GHz, 3.339–3.3458 GHz, and 15.605 Cross reference. 3.358–3.6 GHz. 15.607 Equipment authorization of Access 15.252 Operation of wideband vehicular BPL equipment. radar systems within the bands 16.2–17.7 15.609 Marketing of Access BPL equipment. GHz and 23.12–29.0 GHz. 15.611 General technical requirements. 15.253 Operation within the bands 46.7–46.9 15.613 Measurement procedures. GHz and 76.0–77.0 GHz. 15.615 General administrative requirements. 15.255 Operation within the band 57–64 GHz. AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 15.257 Operation within the band 92–95 GHz. 336, and 544a. Subpart D—Unlicensed Personal SOURCE: 54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, unless Communications Service Devices otherwise noted. 15.301 Scope. Subpart A—General 15.303 Definitions. 15.305 Equipment authorization require- § 15.1 Scope of this part. ment. 15.307 Coordination with fixed (a) This part sets out the regulations service. under which an intentional, uninten- 15.309 Cross reference. tional, or incidental radiator may be 15.311 Labeling requirements. operated without an individual license. 15.313 Measurement procedures. It also contains the technical specifica- 15.315 Conducted limits. 15.317 Antenna requirement. tions, administrative requirements and 15.319 General technical requirements. other conditions relating to the mar- 15.321 [Reserved] keting of part 15 devices. 15.323 Specific requirements for devices op- (b) The operation of an intentional or erating in the 1920–1930 MHz sub-band. that is not in accordance with the regulations in this Subpart E—Unlicensed National part must be licensed pursuant to the Information Infrastructure Devices provisions of section 301 of the Commu- 15.401 Scope. nications Act of 1934, as amended, un- 15.403 Definitions. less otherwise exempted from the li- 15.405 Cross reference. censing requirements elsewhere in this 15.407 General technical requirements. chapter. (c) Unless specifically exempted, the Subpart F—Ultra-Wideband Operation operation or marketing of an inten- 15.501 Scope. tional or unintentional radiator that is

747

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00757 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.3 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

not in compliance with the administra- rent system can be designed such that tive and technical provisions in this the signals are received by conduction part, including prior Commission au- directly from connection to the elec- thorization or verification, as appro- tric power lines (unintentional radi- priate, is prohibited under section 302 ator) or the signals are received over- of the Communications Act of 1934, as the-air due to radiation of the radio amended, and subpart I of part 2 of this frequency signals from the electric chapter. The equipment authorization power lines (intentional radiator). and verification procedures are de- (g) CB receiver. Any receiver that op- tailed in subpart J of part 2 of this erates in the Personal Radio Services chapter. on allocated for Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service stations, as § 15.3 Definitions. well as any receiver provided with a (a) Auditory assistance device. An in- separate band specifically designed to tentional radiator used to provide audi- receive the transmissions of CB sta- tory assistance to a handicapped per- tions in the Personal Radio Services. son or persons. Such a device may be This includes the following: (1) A CB used for auricular training in an edu- receiver sold as a separate unit of cation institution, for auditory assist- equipment; (2) the receiver section of a ance at places of public gatherings, CB transceiver; (3) a converter to be such as a church, theater, or audito- used with any receiver for the purpose rium, and for auditory assistance to of receiving CB transmissions; and, (4) handicapped individuals, only, in other a multiband receiver that includes a locations. band labelled ‘‘CB’’ or ‘‘11-meter’’ in (b) Biomedical telemetry device. An in- which such band can be separately se- tentional radiator used to transmit lected, except that an measurements of either human or ani- Service receiver that was manufac- mal biomedical phenomena to a re- tured prior to January 1, 1960, and ceiver. which includes an 11-meter band shall (c) Cable input selector switch. A trans- not be considered to be a CB receiver. fer switch that is intended as a means (h) Class A digital device. A digital de- to alternate between the reception of vice that is marketed for use in a com- broadcast signals via connection to an mercial, industrial or business environ- antenna and the reception of cable tel- ment, exclusive of a device which is evision service. marketed for use by the general public (d) Cable locating equipment. An inten- or is intended to be used in the home. tional radiator used intermittently by (i) Class B digital device. A digital de- trained operators to locate buried ca- vice that is marketed for use in a resi- bles, lines, pipes, and similar struc- dential environment notwithstanding tures or elements. Operation entails use in commercial, business and indus- coupling a radio frequency signal onto trial environments. Examples of such the cable, pipes, etc. and using a re- devices include, but are not limited to, ceiver to detect the location of that personal computers, calculators, and structure or element. similar electronic devices that are (e) Cable system terminal device marketed for use by the general public. (CSTD). A TV interface device that serves, as its primary function, to con- NOTE: The responsible party may also qual- nect a cable system operated under ify a device intended to be marketed in a commercial, business or industrial environ- part 76 of this chapter to a TV broad- ment as a Class B device, and in fact is en- cast receiver or other subscriber couraged to do so, provided the device com- premise equipment. Any device which plies with the technical specifications for a functions as a CSTD in one of its oper- Class B digital device. In the event that a ating modes must comply with the particular type of device has been found to technical requirements for such de- repeatedly cause harmful interference to vices when operating in that mode. radio communications, the Commission may (f) system. A system, or classify such a digital device as a Class B digital device, regardless of its intended use. part of a system, that transmits radio frequency energy by conduction over (j) system. A system the electric power lines. A carrier cur- consisting of two transceivers, one a

748

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00758 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.3

that connects to the pub- radiocommunications service operating lic switched telephone network and the in accordance with this chapter. other a mobile handset unit that com- (n) Incidental radiator. A device that municates directly with the base sta- generates radio frequency energy dur- tion. Transmissions from the mobile ing the course of its operation al- unit are received by the base station though the device is not intentionally and then placed on the public switched designed to generate or emit radio fre- telephone network. Information re- quency energy. Examples of incidental ceived from the switched telephone radiators are dc motors, mechanical network is transmitted by the base sta- light switches, etc. tion to the mobile unit. (o) Intentional radiator. A device that intentionally generates and emits NOTE: The Domestic Public Cellular Radio radio frequency energy by radiation or Service is considered to induction. be part of the switched telephone network. In addition, intercom and paging operations (p) Kit. Any number of electronic are permitted provided these are not in- parts, usually provided with a sche- tended to be the primary modes of operation. matic diagram or printed circuit board, which, when assembled in accordance (k) Digital device. (Previously defined with instructions, results in a device as a computing device). An uninten- subject to the regulations in this part, tional radiator (device or system) that even if additional parts of any type are generates and uses timing signals or required to complete assembly. pulses at a rate in excess of 9,000 pulses (q) Perimeter protection system. A field (cycles) per second and uses digital disturbance sensor that employs RF techniques; inclusive of telephone transmission lines as the radiating equipment that uses digital techniques source. These RF transmission lines or any device or system that generates are installed in such a manner that al- and uses radio frequency energy for the lows the system to detect movement purpose of performing data processing within the protected area. functions, such as electronic computa- (r) Peripheral device. An input/output tions, operations, transformations, re- unit of a system that feeds data into cording, filing, sorting, storage, re- and/or receives data from the central trieval, or transfer. A radio frequency processing unit of a digital device. Pe- device that is specifically subject to an ripherals to a digital device include emanation requirement in any other any device that is connected external FCC Rule part or an intentional radi- to the digital device, any device inter- ator subject to subpart C of this part nal to the digital device that connects that contains a digital device is not the digital device to an external device subject to the standards for digital de- by wire or cable, and any circuit board vices, provided the digital device is designed for interchangeable mount- used only to enable operation of the ing, internally or externally, that in- radio frequency device and the digital creases the operating or processing device does not control additional speed of a digital device, e.g., ‘‘turbo’’ functions or capabilities. cards and ‘‘enhancement’’ boards. Ex- amples of peripheral devices include NOTE: Computer terminals and peripherals that are intended to be connected to a com- terminals, printers, external floppy puter are digital devices. disk drives and other data storage de- vices, video monitors, keyboards, inter- (l) Field disturbance sensor. A device face boards, external memory expan- that establishes a radio frequency field sion cards, and other input/output de- in its vicinity and detects changes in vices that may or may not contain dig- that field resulting from the movement ital circuitry. This definition does not of persons or objects within its range. include CPU boards, as defined in para- (m) Harmful interference. Any emis- graph (bb) of this section, even though sion, radiation or induction that en- a CPU board may connect to an exter- dangers the functioning of a radio navi- nal keyboard or other components. gation service or of other safety serv- (s) Personal computer. An electronic ices or seriously degrades, obstructs or computer that is marketed for use in repeatedly interrupts a the home, notwithstanding business

749

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00759 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.3 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

applications. Such computers are con- (x) Transfer switch. A device used to sidered Class B digital devices. Com- alternate between the reception of puters which use a standard TV re- over-the-air radio frequency signals via ceiver as a display device or meet all of connection to an antenna and the re- the following conditions are considered ception of radio frequency signals re- examples of personal computers: ceived by any other method, such as (1) Marketed through a retail outlet from a TV interface device. or direct mail order catalog. (y) TV interface device. An uninten- (2) Notices of sale or advertisements tional radiator that produces or trans- are distributed or directed to the gen- lates in frequency a radio frequency eral public or hobbyist users rather carrier modulated by a video signal de- than restricted to commercial users. rived from an external or internal sig- (3) Operates on a battery or 120 volt nal source, and which feeds the modu- electrical supply. lated radio frequency energy by con- If the responsible party can dem- duction to the antenna terminals or onstrate that because of price or per- other non- input connections formance the computer is not suitable of a television broadcast receiver. A TV for residential or hobbyist use, it may interface device may include a stand- request that the computer be consid- alone RF modulator, or a composite de- ered to fall outside of the scope of this vice consisting of an RF modulator, definition for personal computers. video source and other components de- (t) Power line carrier systems. An unin- vices. Examples of TV interface devices tentional radiator employed as a car- are video cassette recorders and ter- rier current system used by an electric minal devices attached to a cable sys- power utility entity on transmission tem or used with a Master Antenna (in- lines for protective relaying, telem- cluding those used for central distribu- etry, etc. for general supervision of the tion video devices in apartment or of- power system. The system operates by fice buildings). the transmission of radio frequency en- (z) Unintentional radiator. A device ergy by conduction over the electric that intentionally generates radio fre- power transmission lines of the system. quency energy for use within the de- The system does not include those elec- vice, or that sends radio frequency sig- tric lines which connect the distribu- nals by conduction to associated equip- tion substation to the customer or ment via connecting wiring, but which house wiring. is not intended to emit RF energy by (u) Radio frequency (RF) energy. Elec- radiation or induction. tromagnetic energy at any frequency (aa) Cable ready consumer electronics in the between 9 kHz and 3,000,000 MHz. equipment. Consumer electronics TV re- ceiving devices, including TV receivers, (v) Scanning receiver. For the purpose of this part, this is a receiver that videocassette recorders and similar de- automatically switches among two or vices, that incorporate a capable more frequencies in the range of 30 to of receiving television signals and an 960 MHz and that is capable of stopping input terminal intended for receiving at and receiving a radio signal detected service, and are mar- on a frequency. Receivers designed keted as ‘‘cable ready’’ or ‘‘cable com- solely for the reception of the broad- patible.’’ Such equipment shall comply cast signals under part 73 of this chap- with the technical standards specified ter, for the reception of NOAA broad- in § 15.118 and the provisions of cast weather band signals, or for oper- § 15.19(d). ation as part of a licensed service are (bb) CPU board. A circuit board that not included in this definition. contains a microprocessor, or fre- (w) Television (TV) broadcast receiver. quency determining circuitry for the A device designed to receive television microprocessor, the primary function pictures that are broadcast simulta- of which is to execute user-provided neously with sound on the television programming, but not including: channels authorized under part 73 of (1) A circuit board that contains only this chapter. a microprocessor intended to operate

750

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00760 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.9

under the primary control or instruc- user’s premises or provide connections tion of a microprocessor external to to Access BPL networks, or both. such a circuit board; or [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 (2) A circuit board that is a dedicated FR 18340, May 2, 1990; 57 FR 33448, July 29, controller for a storage or input/output 1992; 59 FR 25340, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 31048, device. June 19, 1996; 62 FR 26242, May 13, 1997; 64 FR (cc) External radio frequency power 22561, Apr. 27, 1999; 65 FR 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; . A device which is not an inte- 66 FR 32582, June 15, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July gral part of an intentional radiator as 29, 2002; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] manufactured and which, when used in § 15.5 General conditions of operation. conjunction with an intentional radi- ator as a signal source, is capable of (a) Persons operating intentional or amplifying that signal. unintentional radiators shall not be (dd) Test equipment is defined as deemed to have any vested or recogniz- equipment that is intended primarily able right to continued use of any for purposes of performing measure- given frequency by virtue of prior reg- ments or scientific investigations. istration or certification of equipment, Such equipment includes, but is not or, for power line carrier systems, on limited to, field strength meters, spec- the basis of prior notification of use trum analyzers, and mon- pursuant to § 90.63(g) of this chapter. itors. (b) Operation of an intentional, unin- (ee) . A receiver de- tentional, or incidental radiator is sub- signed to signal the presence of radio ject to the conditions that no harmful signals used for determining the speed interference is caused and that inter- of motor vehicles. This definition does ference must be accepted that may be not encompass the receiver incor- caused by the operation of an author- porated within a radar transceiver cer- ized radio station, by another inten- tified under the Commission’s rules. tional or unintentional radiator, by in- (ff) Access Broadband over Power Line dustrial, scientific and medical (ISM) (Access BPL). A carrier current system equipment, or by an incidental radi- installed and operated on an electric ator. utility service as an unintentional ra- (c) The operator of a radio frequency diator that sends radio frequency en- device shall be required to cease oper- ergy on frequencies between 1.705 MHz ating the device upon notification by a and 80 MHz over medium lines Commission representative that the or over low voltage lines to provide device is causing harmful interference. broadband communications and is lo- Operation shall not resume until the cated on the supply side of the utility condition causing the harmful inter- service’s points of interconnection with ference has been corrected. customer premises. Access BPL does (d) Intentional radiators that not include power line carrier systems produce Class B emissions (damped as defined in § 15.3(t) or In-House BPL wave) are prohibited. as defined in § 15.3(gg). § 15.7 [Reserved] (gg) In-House Broadband over Power Line (In-House BPL). A carrier current § 15.9 Prohibition against eaves- system, operating as an unintentional dropping. radiator, that sends radio frequency Except for the operations of law en- energy by conduction over electric forcement officers conducted under power lines that are not owned, oper- lawful authority, no person shall use, ated or controlled by an electric serv- either directly or indirectly, a device ice provider. The electric power lines operated pursuant to the provisions of may be aerial (overhead), underground, this part for the purpose of overhearing or inside the walls, floors or ceilings of or recording the private conversations user premises. In-House BPL devices of others unless such use is authorized may establish closed networks within a by all of the parties engaging in the conversation.

751

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00761 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.11 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 15.11 Cross reference. harmful interference problems (for ex- The provisions of subparts A, H, I, J ample, see § 15.105(b)). and K of part 2 apply to intentional [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 70 and unintentional radiators, in addi- FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] tion to the provisions of this part. Also, a cable system terminal device § 15.17 Susceptibility to interference. and a cable input selector switch shall (a) Parties responsible for equipment be subject to the relevant provisions of compliance are advised to consider the part 76 of this chapter. proximity and the high power of non- Government licensed radio stations, § 15.13 Incidental radiators. such as broadcast, amateur, land mo- Manufacturers of these devices shall bile, and non-geostationary mobile sat- employ good engineering practices to ellite feeder link earth stations, and of minimize the risk of harmful inter- U.S. Government radio stations, which ference. could include high-powered radar sys- tems, when choosing operating fre- § 15.15 General technical require- quencies during the design of their ments. equipment so as to reduce the suscepti- (a) An intentional or unintentional bility for receiving harmful inter- radiator shall be constructed in accord- ference. Information on non-Govern- ance with good engineering design and ment use of the spectrum can be ob- manufacturing practice. Emanations tained by consulting the Table of Fre- from the device shall be suppressed as quency Allocations in § 2.106 of this much as practicable, but in no case chapter. shall the emanations exceed the levels (b) Information on U.S. Government specified in these rules. operations can be obtained by con- (b) Except as follows, an intentional tacting: Director, Spectrum Plans and or unintentional radiator must be con- Policy, National Telecommunications structed such that the adjustments of and Information Administration, De- any control that is readily accessible partment of Commerce, Room 4096, by or intended to be accessible to the Washington, DC 20230. user will not cause operation of the de- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 vice in violation of the regulations. Ac- FR 4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 63 FR 40835, July 31, cess BPL equipment shall comply with 1998] the applicable standards at the control adjustment that is employed. The § 15.19 Labelling requirements. measurement report used in support of (a) In addition to the requirements in an application for Certification and the part 2 of this chapter, a device subject user instructions for Access BPL equip- to certification, or verification shall be ment shall clearly specify the user-or labelled as follows: installer-control settings that are re- (1) Receivers associated with the op- quired for conformance with these reg- eration of a licensed radio service, e.g., ulations. FM broadcast under part 73 of this (c) Parties responsible for equipment chapter, land mobile operation under compliance should note that the limits part 90, etc., shall bear the following specified in this part will not prevent statement in a conspicuous location on harmful interference under all cir- the device: cumstances. Since the operators of part 15 devices are required to cease op- This device complies with part 15 of the eration should harmful interference FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the condi- tion that this device does not cause harmful occur to authorized users of the radio interference. frequency spectrum, the parties re- sponsible for equipment compliance are (2) A stand-alone cable input selector encouraged to employ the minimum switch, shall bear the following state- field strength necessary for commu- ment in a conspicuous location on the nications, to provide greater attenu- device: ation of unwanted emissions than re- This device is verified to comply with part quired by these regulations, and to ad- 15 of the FCC Rules for use with cable tele- vise the user as to how to resolve vision service.

752

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00762 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.19

(3) All other devices shall bear the information required by this paragraph following statement in a conspicuous shall be placed in a prominent location location on the device: in the instruction manual or pamphlet This device complies with part 15 of the supplied to the user or, alternatively, FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- shall be placed on the container in lowing two conditions: (1) This device may which the device is marketed. However, not cause harmful interference, and (2) this the FCC identifier or the unique identi- device must accept any interference re- fier, as appropriate, must be displayed ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation. on the device. (b) Products subject to authorization (4) Where a device is constructed in under a Declaration of Conformity two or more sections connected by shall be labelled as follows: wires and marketed together, the statement specified under paragraph (1) The label shall be located in a (a) of this section is required to be af- conspicuous location on the device and fixed only to the main control unit. shall contain the unique identification (5) When the device is so small or for described in § 2.1074 of this chapter and such use that it is not practicable to the following logo: place the statement specified under (i) If the product is authorized based paragraph (a) of this section on it, the on testing of the product or system; or

(ii) If a personal computer is author- cordance with § 15.101(c)(2) or (c)(3), and ized based on assembly using sepa- the resulting product is not separately rately authorized components, in ac- tested:

(2) Label text and information should place the statement specified under be in a size of type large enough to be paragraph (b)(1) of this section on it, readily legible, consistent with the di- such as for a CPU board or a plug-in mensions of the equipment and the circuit board peripheral device, the label. However, the type size for the text associated with the logo may be text is not required to be larger than placed in a prominent location in the eight point. instruction manual or pamphlet sup- (3) When the device is so small or for plied to the user. However, the unique such use that it is not practicable to identification (trade name and model

753

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00763 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR ER09DE03.000 ER09DE03.001 § 15.21 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

number) and the logo must be dis- § 15.21 Information to user. played on the device. The users manual or instruction (4) The label shall not be a stick-on, manual for an intentional or uninten- paper label. The label on these prod- tional radiator shall caution the user ucts shall be permanently affixed to that changes or modifications not ex- the product and shall be readily visible pressly approved by the party respon- to the purchaser at the time of pur- sible for compliance could void the chase, as described in § 2.925(d) of this user’s authority to operate the equip- chapter. ‘‘Permanently affixed’’ means ment. In cases where the manual is that the label is etched, engraved, provided only in a form other than stamped, silkscreened, indelibly print- paper, such as on a computer disk or ed, or otherwise permanently marked over the , the information re- on a permanently attached part of the quired by this section may be included equipment or on a nameplate of metal, in the manual in that alternative form, plastic, or other material fastened to provided the user can reasonably be ex- the equipment by welding, riveting, or pected to have the capability to access a permanent adhesive. The label must information in that form. be designed to last the expected life- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 time of the equipment in the environ- FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003] ment in which the equipment may be operated and must not be readily de- § 15.23 Home-built devices. tachable. (a) Equipment authorization is not (c) [Reserved] required for devices that are not mar- (d) Consumer electronics TV receiv- keted, are not constructed from a kit, ing devices, including TV receivers, and are built in quantities of five or videocassette recorders, and similar de- less for personal use. vices, that incorporate features in- (b) It is recognized that the indi- tended to be used with cable television vidual builder of home-built equipment service, but do not fully comply with may not possess the means to perform the technical standards for cable ready the measurements for determining equipment set forth in § 15.118, shall compliance with the regulations. In not be marketed with terminology that this case, the builder is expected to em- describes the device as ‘‘cable ready’’ ploy good engineering practices to or ‘‘cable compatible,’’ or that other- meet the specified technical standards wise conveys the impression that the to the greatest extent practicable. The device is fully compatible with cable provisions of § 15.5 apply to this equip- service. Factual statements about the ment. various features of a device that are in- tended for use with cable service or the § 15.25 Kits. quality of such features are acceptable A TV interface device, including a so long as such statements do not cable system terminal device, which is imply that the device is fully compat- marketed as a kit shall comply with ible with cable service. Statements re- the following requirements: lating to product features are generally (a) All parts necessary for the assem- acceptable where they are limited to bled device to comply with the tech- one or more specific features of a de- nical requirements of this part must be vice, rather than the device as a whole. supplied with the kit. No mechanism This requirement applies to consumer for adjustment that can cause oper- TV receivers, videocassette recorders ation in violation of the requirements and similar devices manufactured or of this part shall be made accessible to imported for sale in this country on or the builder. after October 31, 1994. (b) At least two units of the kit shall be assembled in exact accordance with [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, the instructions supplied with the 1996; 61 FR 31048, June 19, 1996; 62 FR 41881, product to be marketed. If all compo- Aug. 4, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 65 FR nents required to fully complete the 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; 68 FR 66733, Nov. 28, 2003; kit (other than those specified in para- 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003] graph (a) of this section which are

754

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00764 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.27

needed for compliance with the tech- § 15.27 Special accessories. nical provisions and must be included (a) Equipment marketed to a con- with the kit) are not normally fur- sumer must be capable of complying nished with the kit, assembly shall be with the necessary regulations in the made using the recommended compo- configuration in which the equipment nents. The assembled units shall be is marketed. Where special accessories, certified or authorized under the Dec- such as shielded cables and/or special laration of Conformity procedure, as connectors, are required to enable an appropriate, pursuant to the require- unintentional or intentional radiator ments of this part. to comply with the emission limits in (1) The measurement data required this part, the equipment must be mar- for a TV interface device subject to keted with, i.e., shipped and sold with, certification shall be obtained for each those special accessories. However, in of the two units and submitted with an lieu of shipping or packaging the spe- application for certification pursuant cial accessories with the unintentional to subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. or intentional radiator, the responsible (2) The measurement data required party may employ other methods of en- for a TV interface device subject to suring that the special accessories are Declaration of Conformity shall be ob- provided to the consumer, without ad- tained for the units tested and retained ditional charge, at the time of pur- on file pursuant to the provisions of chase. Information detailing any alter- subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. native method used to supply the spe- (c) A copy of the exact instructions cial accessories shall be included in the that will be provided for assembly of application for a grant of equipment the device shall be submitted with an authorization or retained in the application for certification. Those verification records, as appropriate. parts which are not normally furnished The party responsible for the equip- shall be detailed in the application for ment, as detailed in § 2.909 of this chap- equipment authorization. ter, shall ensure that these special ac- (d) In lieu of the label required by cessories are provided with the equip- § 15.19, the following label, along with ment. The instruction manual for such the label bearing the FCC identifier devices shall include appropriate in- and other information specified in structions on the first page of the text §§ 2.925 and 2.926, shall be included in concerned with the installation of the device that these special accessories the kit with instructions to the builder must be used with the device. It is the that it shall be attached to the com- responsibility of the user to use the pleted kit: needed special accessories supplied (Name of Grantee) with the equipment. In cases where the manual is provided only in a form (FCC Identifier) other than paper, such as on a com- puter disk or over the Internet, the in- This device can be expected to comply with formation required by this section may part 15 of the FCC Rules provided it is as- be included in the manual in that al- sembled in exact accordance with the in- ternative form, provided the user can structions provided with this kit. Operation is subject to the following conditions: (1) reasonably be expected to have the ca- This device may not cause harmful inter- pability to access information in that ference, and (2) this device must accept any form. interference received including interference (b) If a device requiring special acces- that may cause undesired operation. sories is installed by or under the su- pervision of the party marketing the (e) For the purpose of this section, device, it is the responsibility of that circuit boards used as repair parts for party to install the equipment using the replacement of electrically - the special accessories. For equipment tical defective circuit boards are not requiring professional installation, it is considered to be kits. not necessary for the responsible party [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989,as amended at 63 to market the special accessories with FR 36602, July 7, 1998] the equipment. However, the need to

755

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00765 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.29 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

use the special accessories must be de- plicable standards. Shipping costs to tailed in the instruction manual, and it the Commission’s Laboratory and re- is the responsibility of the installer to turn shall be borne by the responsible provide and to install the required ac- party. Testing by the Commission will cessories. be performed using the measurement (c) Accessory items that can be read- procedure(s) that was in effect at the ily obtained from multiple retail out- time the equipment was authorized or lets are not considered to be special ac- verified. cessories and are not required to be marketed with the equipment. The § 15.31 Measurement standards. manual included with the equipment (a) The following measurement pro- must specify what additional compo- cedures are used by the Commission to nents or accessories are required to be determine compliance with the tech- used in order to ensure compliance nical requirements in this part. Except with this part, and it is the responsi- where noted, copies of these procedures bility of the user to provide and use are available from the Commission’s those components and accessories. current duplicating contractor whose (d) The resulting system, including name and address are available from any accessories or components mar- the Commission’s Consumer and Gov- keted with the equipment, must com- ernmental Affairs Bureau at 1–888– ply with the regulations. CALL-FCC (1–888–225–5322). [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 (1) FCC/OET MP–2: Measurement of FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003] UHF Figures of TV Receivers. (2) Unlicensed Personal Communica- § 15.29 Inspection by the Commission. tion Service (UPCS) devices are to be (a) Any equipment or device subject measured for compliance using ANSI to the provisions of this part, together C63.17–1998: ‘‘Methods of Measurement with any certificate, notice of registra- of the Electromagnetic and Oper- tion or any technical data required to ational Compatibility of Unlicensed be kept on file by the operator, sup- Personal Communications Services plier or party responsible for compli- (UPCS) Devices’’, (incorporated by ref- ance of the device shall be made avail- erence, see § 15.38). This incorporation able for inspection by a Commission by reference was approved by the Di- representative upon reasonable re- rector of the Federal Register in ac- quest. cordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR (b) The owner or operator of a radio part 51. frequency device subject to this part (3) Other intentional and uninten- shall promptly furnish to the Commis- tional radiators are to be measured for sion or its representative such informa- compliance using the following proce- tion as may be requested concerning dure excluding sections 4.1.5.2, 5.7, 9 the operation of the radio frequency and 14: ANSI C63.4–2003: ‘‘Methods of device. Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions (c) The party responsible for the com- from Low-Voltage Electrical and Elec- pliance of any device subject to this tronic Equipment in the Range of 9 part shall promptly furnish to the kHz to 40 GHz’’ (incorporated by ref- Commission or its representatives such erence, see § 15.38). This incorporation information as may be requested con- by reference was approved by the Di- cerning the operation of the device, in- rector of the Federal Register in ac- cluding a copy of any measurements cordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR made for obtaining an equipment au- part 51. thorization or demonstrating compli- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(3): Digital devices ance with the regulations. tested to show compliance with the provi- (d) The Commission, from time to sions of §§ 15.107(e) and 15.109(g) must be test- time, may request the party respon- ed following the ANSI C63.4 procedure de- sible for compliance, including an im- scribed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. porter, to submit to the FCC Labora- (b) All parties making compliance tory in Columbia, Maryland, various measurements on equipment subject to equipment to determine that the equip- the requirements of this part are urged ment continues to comply with the ap- to use these measurement procedures.

756

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00766 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.31

Any party using other procedures termined by the boundary defined by should ensure that such other proce- an imaginary straight line periphery dures can be relied on to produce meas- describing a simple geometric configu- urement results compatible with the ration enclosing the system containing FCC measurement procedures. The de- the equipment under test. The equip- scription of the measurement proce- ment under test, support equipment dure used in testing the equipment for and any interconnecting cables shall be compliance and a list of the test equip- included within this boundary. ment actually employed shall be made (1) At frequencies at or above 30 MHz, part of an application for certification measurements may be performed at a or included with the data required to distance other than what is specified be retained by the party responsible for provided: measurements are not made devices authorized pursuant to a Dec- in the near field except where it can be laration of Conformity or devices sub- shown that near field measurements ject to verification. are appropriate due to the characteris- (c) For swept frequency equipment, tics of the device; and it can be dem- measurements shall be made with the onstrated that the signal levels needed frequency sweep stopped at those fre- to be measured at the distance em- quencies chosen for the measurements ployed can be detected by the measure- to be reported. ment equipment. Measurements shall (d) Field strength measurements not be performed at a distance greater shall be made, to the extent possible, than 30 meters unless it can be further on an open field site. Test sites other demonstrated that measurements at a than open field sites may be employed distance of 30 meters or less are im- if they are properly calibrated so that practical. When performing measure- the measurement results correspond to ments at a distance other than that what would be obtained from an open specified, the results shall be extrapo- field site. In the case of equipment for lated to the specified distance using an which measurements can be performed extrapolation factor of 20 dB/decade only at the installation site, such as (inverse linear-distance for field perimeter protection systems, carrier strength measurements; inverse-linear- current systems, and systems employ- distance-squared for power density ing a ‘‘leaky’’ as an an- measurements). tenna, measurements for verification (2) At frequencies below 30 MHz, or for obtaining a grant of equipment measurements may be performed at a authorization shall be performed at a distance closer than that specified in minimum of three installations that the regulations; however, an attempt can be demonstrated to be representa- should be made to avoid making meas- tive of typical installation sites. urements in the near field. Pending the (e) For intentional radiators, meas- development of an appropriate meas- urements of the variation of the input urement procedure for measurements power or the radiated signal level of performed below 30 MHz, when per- the fundamental frequency component forming measurements at a closer dis- of the emission, as appropriate, shall tance than specified, the results shall be performed with the supply voltage be extrapolated to the specified dis- varied between 85% and 115% of the tance by either making measurements nominal rated supply voltage. For bat- at a minimum of two distances on at tery operated equipment, the equip- least one to determine the prop- ment tests shall be performed using a er extrapolation factor or by using the new battery. square of an inverse linear distance ex- (f) To the extent practicable, the de- trapolation factor (40 dB/decade). vice under test shall be measured at (3) The applicant for a grant of cer- the distance specified in the appro- tification shall specify the extrapo- priate rule section. The distance speci- lation method used in the application fied corresponds to the horizontal dis- filed with the Commission. For equip- tance between the measurement an- ment subject to Declaration of Con- tenna and the closest point of the formity or verification, this informa- equipment under test, support equip- tion shall be retained with the meas- ment or interconnecting cables as de- urement data.

757

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00767 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.31 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(4) When measurement distances of 30 that are to be employed emitting. A de- meters or less are specified in the regu- vice which incorporates a carrier cur- lations, the Commission will test the rent system shall be tested as if the equipment at the distance specified un- carrier current system were incor- less measurement at that distance re- porated in a separate device; that is, sults in measurements being performed the device shall be tested for compli- in the near field. When measurement ance with whatever rules would apply distances of greater than 30 meters are to the device were the carrier current specified in the regulations, the Com- system not incorporated, and the car- mission will test the equipment at a rier current system shall be tested for closer distance, usually 30 meters, ex- compliance with the rules applicable to trapolating the measured field strength carrier current systems. to the specified distance using the (i) If the device under test provides methods shown in this section. for the connection of external acces- (5) Measurements shall be performed sories, including external electrical at a sufficient number of radials input signals, the device shall be tested around the equipment under test to de- with the accessories attached. The de- termine the radial at which the field vice under test shall be fully exercised strength values of the radiated emis- with these external accessories. The sions are maximized. The maximum emission tests shall be performed with field strength at the frequency being the device and accessories configured measured shall be reported in the in a manner that tends to produce equipment authorization report. This maximized emissions within the range paragraph shall not apply to Access of variations that can be expected BPL equipment on overhead medium under normal operating conditions. In voltage lines. In lieu thereof, the meas- urement guidelines established by the the case of multiple accessory external Commission for Access BPL shall be ports, an external accessory shall be followed. connected to one of each type of . (g) Equipment under test shall be ad- Only one test using peripherals or ex- justed, using those controls that are ternal accessories that are representa- readily accessible to or are intended to tive of the devices that will be em- be accessible to the consumer, in such ployed with the equipment under test a manner as to maximize the level of is required. All possible equipment the emissions. For those devices to combinations do not need to be tested. which wire leads may be attached by The accessories or peripherals con- the consumer, tests shall be performed nected to the device being tested shall with wire leads attached. The wire be unmodified, commercially available leads shall be of the length to be used equipment. with the equipment if that length is (j) If the equipment under test con- known. Otherwise, wire leads one sists of a central control unit and an meter in length shall be attached to external or internal accessory(ies) (pe- the equipment. Longer wire leads may ripheral) and the party verifying the be employed if necessary to inter- equipment or applying for a grant of connect to associated peripherals. equipment authorization manufactures (h) For a composite system that in- or assembles the central control unit corporates devices contained either in and at least one of the accessory de- a single enclosure or in separate enclo- vices that can be used with that con- sures connected by wire or cable, test- trol unit, testing of the control unit ing for compliance with the standards and/or the accessory(ies) must be per- in this part shall be performed with all formed using the devices manufactured of the devices in the system func- or assembled by that party, in addition tioning. If an intentional radiator in- to any other needed devices which the corporates more than one antenna or party does not manufacture or assem- other radiating source and these radi- ble. If the party verifying the equip- ating sources are designed to emit at ment or applying for a grant of equip- the same time, measurements of con- ment authorization does not manufac- ducted and radiated emissions shall be ture or assemble the central control performed with all radiating sources unit and at least one of the accessory

758

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00768 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.31

devices that can be used with that con- using a 50 ohm/50 uH line-impedance trol unit or the party can demonstrate stabilization network (LISN). that the central control unit or acces- sory(ies) normally would be marketed NOTE: Receivers tested under the transi- tion provisions contained in § 15.37 may be or used with equipment from a dif- tested with a 50 ohm/5 μH LISN. ferent entity, testing of the central control unit and/or the accessory(ies) (m) Measurements on intentional ra- must be performed using the specific diators or receivers, other than TV combination of equipment which is in- broadcast receivers, shall be performed tended to be marketed or used to- and, if required, reported for each band gether. Only one test using peripherals in which the device can be operated or accessories that are representatve of with the device operating at the num- the devices that will be employed with ber of frequencies in each band speci- the equipment under test is required. fied in the following table: All possible equipment combinations are not required to be tested. The ac- Number Frequency range over of fre- Location in the range of cessories or peripherals connected to which device operates quen- operation the device being tested shall be un- cies modified, commercially available 1 MHz or less ...... 1 Middle. equipment. 1 to 10 MHz ...... 2 1 near top and 1 near (k) A composite system is a system bottom. that incorporates different devices con- More than 10 MHz ...... 3 1 near top, 1 near mid- tained either in a single enclosure or in dle and 1 near bot- tom. separate enclosures connected by wire or cable. If the individual devices in a (n) Measurements on TV broadcast composite system are subject to dif- receivers shall be performed with the ferent technical standards, each such receiver tuned to each VHF frequency device must comply with its specific and also shall include the following os- standards. In no event may the meas- cillator frequencies: 520, 550, 600, 650, ured emissions of the composite system 700, 750, 800, 850, 900 and 931 MHz. If exceed the highest level permitted for measurements cannot be made on one an individual component. For digital or more of the latter UHF frequencies devices which consist of a combination because of the presence of signals from of Class A and Class B devices, the licensed radio stations or for other rea- total combination of which results in a Class A digital device, it is only nec- sons to be detailed in the measurement essary to demonstrate that the equip- report, measurements shall be made ment combination complies with the with the receiver oscillator at a nearby limits for a Class A device. This equip- frequency. If the receiver is not capa- ment combination may not be em- ble of receiving channels above 806 ployed for obtaining a grant of equip- MHz, the measurements employing the ment authorization or verifying a Class oscillator frequencies 900 and 931 MHz B digital device. However, if the digital may be omitted. device combination consists of a Class (o) The of spurious emis- B central control unit, e.g., a personal sions from intentional radiators and computer, and a Class A internal pe- emissions from unintentional radiators ripheral(s), it must be demonstrated which are attenuated more than 20 dB that the Class B central control unit below the permissible value need not continues to comply with the limits for be reported unless specifically required a Class B digital device with the Class elsewhere in this part. A internal peripheral(s) installed but (p) In those cases where the provi- not active. sions in this section conflict with the (l) Measurements of radio frequency measurement procedures in paragraph emissions conducted to the public util- (a) of this section and the procedures ity power lines shall be performed were implemented after June 23, 1989,

759

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00769 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.32 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

the provisions contained in the meas- (2) In lieu of the procedure in (a)(1) of urement procedures shall take prece- this section, CPU boards may be tested dence. to demonstrate compliance with the [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 limits in § 15.109 using a specified enclo- FR 13083, Mar. 29, 1991; 57 FR 24990, June 12, sure with the cover installed. Testing 1992; 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 37430, for radiated emissions shall be per- July 12, 1993; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 61 FR formed with the CPU board installed in 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 FR 41881, Aug. 4, 1997; 62 a typical system configuration. Addi- FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 63 FR 42278, Aug. 7, 1998; 65 FR 58466, tional components, including a power Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR supply, peripheral devices, and sub- 54034, Sept. 7, 2004; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] assemblies, shall be added, as needed, to result in a complete personal com- § 15.32 Test procedures for CPU puter system. If the oscillator and the boards and computer power sup- plies. microprocessor circuits are contained on separate circuit boards, both boards, Power supplies and CPU boards used typical of the combination that would with personal computers and for which normally be employed, must be used in separate authorizations are required to the test. Testing shall be in accordance be obtained shall be tested as follows: (a) CPU boards shall be tested as fol- with the procedures specified in § 15.31. lows: Under this procedure, CPU boards that (1) Testing for radiated emissions comply with the limits in § 15.109 must shall be performed with the CPU board be marketed together with the specific installed in a typical enclosure but enclosure used for the test. with the enclosure’s cover removed so (3) The test demonstrating compli- that the internal circuitry is exposed ance with the AC power line conducted at the top and on at least two sides. limits specified in § 15.107 shall be per- Additional components, including a formed in accordance with the proce- power supply, peripheral devices, and dures specified in § 15.31 using an enclo- subassemblies, shall be added, as need- sure, peripherals, power supply and ed, to result in a complete personal subassemblies that are typical of the computer system. If the oscillator and type with which the CPU board under the microprocessor circuits are con- test would normally be employed. tained on separate circuit boards, both (b) The power supply shall be tested boards, typical of the combination that installed in an enclosure that is typical would normally be employed, must be of the type within which it would nor- used in the test. Testing shall be in ac- cordance with the procedures specified mally be installed. Additional compo- in § 15.31. nents, including peripheral devices, a (i) Under these test conditions, the CPU board, and subassemblies, shall be system under test shall not exceed the added, as needed, to result in a com- radiated emission limits specified in plete personal computer system. Test- § 15.109 by more than 6 dB. Emissions ing shall be in accordance with the pro- greater than 6 dB that can be identified cedures specified in § 15.31 and must and documented to originate from a demonstrate compliance with all of the component(s) other than the CPU standards contained in this part. board being tested, may be dismissed. (ii) Unless the test in paragraph [61 FR 31048, June 19, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 41881, Aug. 4, 1997] (a)(1)(i) of this section demonstrates compliance with the limits in § 15.109, a § 15.33 Frequency range of radiated second test shall be performed using measurements. the same configuration described above but with the cover installed on the en- (a) For an intentional radiator, the closure. Testing shall be in accordance spectrum shall be investigated from with the procedures specified in § 15.31. the lowest radio frequency signal gen- Under these test conditions, the sys- erated in the device, without going tem under test shall not exceed the ra- below 9 kHz, up to at least the fre- diated emission limits specified in quency shown in this paragraph: § 15.109.

760

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00770 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.33

(1) If the intentional radiator oper- less than 30 MHz and which, in accord- ates below 10 GHz: to the tenth har- ance with § 15.109, is required to comply monic of the highest fundamental fre- with standards on the level of radiated quency or to 40 GHz, whichever is emissions within the frequency range 9 lower. kHz to 30 MHz, such as a CB receiver or (2) If the intentional radiator oper- a device designed to conduct its radio ates at or above 10 GHz and below 30 frequency emissions via connecting GHz: to the fifth harmonic of the high- wires or cables, e.g., a carrier current est fundamental frequency or to 100 system not intended to radiate, shall GHz, whichever is lower. be investigated from the lowest radio (3) If the intentional radiator oper- frequency generated or used in the de- ates at or above 30 GHz: to the fifth vice, without going below 9 kHz (25 harmonic of the highest fundamental MHz for CB receivers), up to the fre- frequency or to 200 GHz, whichever is quency shown in the following table. If lower, unless specified otherwise else- the unintentional radiator contains a where in the rules. digital device, the upper frequency to (4) If the intentional radiator con- be investigated shall be that shown in tains a digital device, regardless of the table below or in the table in para- whether this digital device controls the graph (b)(1) of this section, as based on functions of the intentional radiator or both the highest frequency generated the digital device is used for additional and the highest frequency used in the control or function purposes other than digital device, whichever range is high- to enable the operation of the inten- er. tional radiator, the frequency range shall be investigated up to the range Upper fre- Highest frequency generated or used in the de- quency of specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through vice or on which the device operates or tunes measure- (a)(3) of this section or the range appli- (MHz) ment range cable to the digital device, as shown in (MHz) paragraph (b)(1) of this section, which- Below 1.705 ...... 30 ever is the higher frequency range of 1.705–10 ...... 400 investigation. 10–30 ...... 500 (b) For unintentional radiators: (3) Except for a CB receiver, a re- (1) Except as otherwise indicated in ceiver employing superheterodyne paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this sec- techniques shall be investigated from tion, for an unintentional radiator, in- 30 MHz up to at least the second har- cluding a digital device, the spectrum monic of the highest local oscillator shall be investigated from the lowest frequency generated in the device. If radio frequency signal generated or such receiver is controlled by a digital used in the device, without going below device, the frequency range shall be in- the lowest frequency for which a radi- vestigated up to the higher of the sec- ated emission limit is specified, up to ond harmonic of the highest local os- the frequency shown in the following cillator frequency generated in the de- table: vice or the upper frequency of the Highest frequency generated measurement range specified for the or used in the device or on Upper frequency of measure- digital device in paragraph (b)(1) of which the device operates or ment range (MHz) tunes (MHz) this section. (c) The above specified frequency Below 1.705 ...... 30. 1.705–108 ...... 1000. ranges of measurements apply to the 108–500 ...... 2000. measurement of radiated emissions 500–1000 ...... 5000. and, in the case of receivers, the meas- Above 1000 ...... 5th harmonic of the highest frequency or 40 GHz, urement to demonstrate compliance whichever is lower. with the antenna conduction limits specified in § 15.111. The frequency (2) A unintentional radiator, exclud- range of measurements for AC power ing a digital device, in which the high- line conducted limits is specified in est frequency generated in the device, §§ 15.107 and 15.207 and applies to all the highest frequency used in the de- equipment subject to those regula- vice and the highest frequency on tions. In some cases, depending on the which the device operates or tunes are frequency(ies) generated and used by

761

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00771 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.35 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

the equipment, only signals conducted detector function. Unless otherwise onto the AC power lines are required to specified, measurements above 1000 be measured. MHz shall be performed using a min- (d) Particular attention should be imum resolution of 1 MHz. paid to harmonics and subharmonics of When average radiated emission meas- the fundamental frequency as well as urements are specified in this part, in- to those frequencies removed from the cluding average emission measure- fundamental by multiples of the oscil- ments below 1000 MHz, there also is a lator frequency. Radiation at the fre- limit on the peak level of the radio fre- quencies of multiplier states should quency emissions. Unless otherwise also be checked. specified, e.g., see §§ 15.250, 15.252, 15.255, and 15.509–15.519, the limit on peak [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 63 FR 42278, Aug. 7, radio frequency emissions is 20 dB 1998] above the maximum permitted average emission limit applicable to the equip- § 15.35 Measurement detector func- ment under test. This peak limit ap- tions and bandwidths. plies to the total peak emission level The conducted and radiated emission radiated by the device, e.g., the total limits shown in this part are based on peak power level. Note that the use of the following, unless otherwise speci- a pulse desensitization correction fac- fied elsewhere in this part: tor may be needed to determine the (a) On any frequency or frequencies total peak emission level. The instruc- below or equal to 1000 MHz, the limits tion manual or application note for the shown are based on measuring equip- measurement instrument should be ment employing a CISPR quasi-peak consulted for determining pulse desen- detector function and related measure- sitization factors, as necessary. ment bandwidths, unless otherwise (c) Unless otherwise specified, e.g. specified. The specifications for the § 15.255(b), when the radiated emission using the CISPR limits are expressed in terms of the av- quasi-peak detector can be found in erage value of the emission, and pulsed Publication 16 of the International operation is employed, the measure- Special Committee on Radio Inter- ment field strength shall be deter- ference (CISPR) of the International mined by averaging over one complete Electrotechnical Commission. As an al- pulse train, including blanking inter- ternative to CISPR quasi-peak meas- vals, as long as the pulse train does not urements, the responsible party, at its exceed 0.1 seconds. As an alternative option, may demonstrate compliance (provided the operates for with the emission limits using meas- longer than 0.1 seconds) or in cases uring equipment employing a peak de- where the pulse train exceeds 0.1 sec- tector function, properly adjusted for onds, the measured field strength shall such factors as pulse desensitization, be determined from the average abso- as long as the same bandwidths as indi- lute voltage during a 0.1 second inter- cated for CISPR quasi-peak measure- val during which the field strength is ments are employed. at its maximum value. The exact meth- od of calculating the average field NOTE: For pulse modulated devices with a strength shall be submitted with any pulse-repetition frequency of 20 Hz or less and for which CISPR quasi-peak measure- application for certification or shall be ments are specified, compliance with the retained in the measurement data file regulations shall be demonstrated using for equipment subject to notification measuring equipment employing a peak de- or verification. tector function, properly adjusted for such [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 factors as pulse desensitization, using the FR 13083, Mar. 29, 1991; 61 FR 14502, Apr. 2, same measurement bandwidths that are indi- 1996; 63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998; 67 FR 34855, cated for CISPR quasi-peak measurements. May 16, 2002; 70 FR 6773, Feb. 9, 2005] (b) Unless otherwise specified, on any frequency or frequencies above 1000 § 15.37 Transition provisions for com- MHz, the radiated emission limits are pliance with the rules. based on the use of measurement in- Equipment may be authorized, manu- strumentation employing an average factured and imported under the rules

762

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00772 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.37

in effect prior to June 23, 1989, in ac- 10, 1991. Cordless telephones that have cordance with the following schedules: previously received equipment author- (a) For all intentional and uninten- ization and that, without modification, tional radiators, except for receivers: already comply with the requirements Radio frequency equipment verified by of § 15.214(d) of this part, need not be re- the responsible party or for which an authorized. application for a grant of equipment (f) The manufacture or importation authorization is submitted to the Com- of scanning receivers, and frequency mission on or after June 23, 1992, shall converters designed or marketed for comply with the regulations specified use with scanning receivers, that do in this part. Radio frequency equip- not comply with the provisions of ment that is manufactured or imported § 15.121(a)(1) shall cease on or before on or after June 23, 1994, shall comply April 26, 1994. Effective April 26, 1993, with the regulations specified in this the Commission will not grant equip- part. ment authorization for receivers that (b) For receivers: Receivers subject to do not comply with the provisions of the regulations in this part that are § 15.121(a)(1). These rules do not pro- manufactured or imported on or after hibit the sale or use of authorized re- June 23, 1999, shall comply with the ceivers manufactured in the United regulations specified in this part. How- States, or imported into the United ever, if a receiver is associated with a States, prior to April 26, 1994. transmitter that could not have been (g) For CPU boards and power sup- authorized under the regulations in ef- plies designed to be used with personal fect prior to June 23, 1989, e.g., a trans- computers: The manufacture and im- mitter operating under the provisions portation of these products shall cease of § 15.209 or § 15.249 (below 960 MHz), on or before June 19, 1997 unless these the transition provisions in this sec- products have been authorized under a tion do not apply. Such receivers must Declaration of Conformity or a grant of comply with the regulations in this certification, demonstrating compli- part. In addition, receivers are subject ance with all of the provisions in this to the provisions in paragraph (f) of part. Limited provisions, as detailed in this section. § 15.101(d), are provided to permit the (c) There are no restrictions on the importation and manufacture of these operation or marketing of equipment products subsequent to this date where complying with the regulations in ef- the CPU boards and/or power supplies fect prior to June 23, 1989. are marketed only to personal com- (d) Prior to May 25, 1991, person shall puter equipment manufacturers. import, market or operate intentional (h) The manufacture or importation radiators within the band 902–905 MHz of scanning receivers, and frequency under the provisions of § 15.249. Until converters designed or marketed for that date, the Commission will not use with scanning receivers, that do issue a grant of equipment authoriza- not comply with the provisions of tion for equipment operating under § 15.121 shall cease on or before October § 15.249 if the equipment is designed to 25, 1999. Effective July 26, 1999 the Com- permit operation within the band 902– mission will not grant equipment au- 905 MHz. thorization for receivers that do not (e) For cordless telephones: The manu- comply with the provisions of § 15.121. facture and importation of cordless This paragraph does not prohibit the telephones not complying with sale or use of authorized receivers man- § 15.214(d) of this part shall cease on or ufactured in the United States, or im- before September 11, 1991. These provi- ported into the United States, prior to sions will not apply to cordless tele- October 25, 1999. phones which are repaired or refur- (i) Effective October 16, 2002, an bished, or re-imported after repair or equipment approval may no longer be refurbishment. Applications for a grant obtained for medical telemetry equip- of equipment authorization of cordless ment operating under the provisions of telephones not complying with § 15.241 or § 15.242. The requirements for § 15.214(d) of this part will not be ac- obtaining an approval for medical te- cepted by the Commission after May lemetry equipment after this date are

763

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00773 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.38 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

found in Subpart H of Part 95 of this § 15.38 Incorporation by reference. chapter. (a) The materials listed in this sec- (j) All radio frequency devices that tion are incorporated by reference in are authorized under the certification, this part. These incorporations by ref- verification or declaration of con- erence were approved by the Director formity procedures on or after July 12, of the Federal Register in accordance 2004 shall comply with the conducted with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. limits specified in § 15.107 or § 15.207 as These materials are incorporated as appropriate. All radio frequency de- they exist on the date of the approval, vices that are manufactured or im- and notice of any change in these ma- ported on or after July 11, 2005 shall terials will be published in the FED- comply with the conducted limits spec- ERAL REGISTER. The materials are ified in § 15.107 or § 15.207, as appro- available for purchase at the cor- priate. Equipment authorized, im- responding addresses as noted, and all ported or manufactured prior to these are available for inspection at the Fed- dates shall comply with the conducted eral Communications Commission, 445 limits specified in § 15.107 or § 15.207, as 12th. St., SW., Reference Information appropriate, or with the conducted lim- Center, Room CY-A257, Washington, its that were in effect immediately DC 20554, and at the National Archives prior to September 9, 2002. and Records Administration (NARA). (k) Radar detectors manufactured or For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202–741– imported after August 28, 2002 and mar- 6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/ keted after September 27, 2002 shall federallregister/ comply with the regulations specified codeloflfederallregulations/ in this part. Radar detectors manufac- ibrllocations.html. tured or imported prior to January 27, (b) The following materials are avail- 2003 may be labeled with the informa- able for purchase from at least one of tion required by §§ 2.925 and 15.19(a) of the following addresses: Global Engi- this chapter on the individual equip- neering Documents, 15 Inverness Way ment carton rather than on the device, East, Englewood, CO 80112 or at http:// and are exempt from complying with global.ihs.com; or American National the requirements of § 15.21. Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd (l) U–NII equipment operating in the Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036 5.25–5.35 GHz band for which applica- or at http://webstore.ansi.org/ tions for certification are filed on or ansidocstore/default.asp; or Society of after July 20, 2006 shall comply with Cable Telecommunications Engineers the DFS and TPC requirements speci- at http://www.scte.org/standards/ fied in § 15.407. U–NII equipment oper- index.cfm. ating in the 5.25–5.35 GHz band that are (1) SCTE 28 2003 (formerly DVS 295): imported or marketed on or after July ‘‘Host-POD Interface Standard,’’ 2003, 20, 2007 shall comply with the DFS and IBR approved for § 15.123. TPC requirements in § 15.407. (2) SCTE 41 2003 (formerly DVS 301): (m) All Access BPL devices that are ‘‘POD Copy Protection System,’’ 2003, manufactured, imported, marketed or IBR approved for § 15.123. installed on or after July 7, 2006, shall (3) ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS comply with the requirements specified 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex in subpart G of this part, including cer- and Transport System Standard for tification of the equipment. Cable Television,’’ 2003, IBR approved for § 15.123. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. (4) ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (formerly DVS 7, 1989; 55 FR 25095, June 20, 1990; 56 FR 3785, 234): ‘‘Service Information Delivered Jan. 31, 1991; 58 FR 25575, Apr. 27, 1993; 61 FR Out-of-Band for Digital Cable Tele- 31049, June 19, 1996; 64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999; vision,’’ 2002, IBR approved for § 15.123. 65 FR 44008, July 17, 2000; 67 FR 45670, July 10, (5) SCTE 40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): 2002; 67 FR 48993, July 29, 2002; 69 FR 2686, Jan. 20, 2004; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005; 70 FR ‘‘Digital Cable Network Interface 17329, Apr. 6, 2005; 71 FR 11540, Mar. 8, 2006] Standard,’’ 2003, IBR approved for § 15.123.

764

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00774 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.101

(6) ANSI C63.4–2003: ‘‘Methods of ices (UPCS) Devices’’, 1998, IBR ap- Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions proved for § 15.31. from Low-Voltage Electrical and Elec- (13) CEA–766–A: ‘‘U.S. and Canadian tronic Equipment in the Range of 9 Region Rating Tables (RRT) and Con- kHz to 40 GHz,’’ 2003, IBR approved for tent Advisory Descriptors for Trans- § 15.31, except for sections 4.1, 5.2, 5.7, 9 port of Content Advisory Information and 14. using ATSC A/65–A Program and Sys- (7) CEA–542–B: ‘‘CEA Standard: Cable tem Information Protocol (PSIP),’’ Identification April 2001, IBR approved for § 15.120. Plan,’’ July 2003, IBR approved for (c) The following materials are freely § 15.118. available from at least one of the fol- (8) EIA–608: ‘‘Recommended Practice lowing addresses: Consumer Elec- for Line 21 Data Service,’’ 1994, IBR ap- tronics Association, 2500 Wilson Blvd., proved for § 15.120. Arlington, VA 22201 or at http:// (9) EIA–744: ‘‘Transport of Content www.ce.org/publicpolicy: Uni-Dir-PICS- Advisory Information Using Extended I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving Data Service (XDS),’’ 1997, IBR ap- Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS proved for § 15.120. Proforma,’’ 2003, IBR approved for (10) EIA–708–B: ‘‘Digital Television § 15.123. (DTV) Closed Captioning,’’ 1999, IBR [68 FR 66732, Nov. 28, 2003, as amended at 68 approved for § 15.122. FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, (11) Third Edition of the Inter- 2004; 69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004; 69 FR 59534, national Special Committee on Radio Oct. 4, 2004; 69 FR 57861, Sept. 28, 2004] Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, ‘‘Infor- mation Technology Equipment—Radio Subpart B—Unintentional Radiators Disturbance Characteristics—Limits and Methods of Measurement,’’ 1997, § 15.101 Equipment authorization of IBR approved for § 15.109. unintentional radiators. (12) ANSI C63.17–1998: ‘‘Methods of (a) Except as otherwise exempted in Measurement of the Electromagnetic §§ 15.23, 15.103, and 15.113, unintentional and Operational Compatibility of Unli- radiators shall be authorized prior to censed Personal Communications Serv- the initiation of marketing, as follows:

Type of device Equipment authorization required

TV broadcast receiver ...... Verification. FM broadcast receiver ...... Verification. CB receiver ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. Superregenerative receiver ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. Scanning receiver ...... Certification. Radar detector ...... Certification. All other receivers subject to part 15 ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. TV interface device ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification. Cable system terminal device ...... Declaration of Conformity. Stand-alone cable input selector switch ...... Verification. Class B personal computers and peripherals ...... Declaration of Conformity or Certification.1 CPU boards and internal power supplies used with Class B Declaration of Conformity or Certification.1 personal computers. Class B personal computers assembled using authorized Declaration of Conformity. CPU boards or power supplies. Class B external switching power supplies ...... Verification. Other Class B digital devices & peripherals ...... Verification. Class A digital devices, peripherals & external switching Verification. power supplies. Access Broadband over Power Line (Access BPL) ...... Certification. All other devices ...... Verification.

(b) Only those receivers that operate section. However, receivers indicated (tune) within the frequency range of as being subject to Declaration of Con- 30–960 MHz, CB receivers and radar de- formity that are contained within a tectors are subject to the authoriza- transceiver, the transmitter portion of tions shown in paragraph (a) of this which is subject to certification, shall

765

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00775 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.102 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

be authorized under the verification ufacturer is responsible for obtaining procedure. Receivers operating above the necessary authorization prior to 960 MHz or below 30 MHz, except for further marketing to a vendor or to a radar detectors and CB receivers, are user. exempt from complying with the tech- (2) Power supplies and CPU boards nical provisions of this part but are that have not been separately author- subject to § 15.5. ized and are designed for use with per- (c) Personal computers shall be au- sonal computers may be imported and thorized in accordance with one of the marketed only to a personal computer following methods: equipment manufacturer that has indi- (1) The specific combination of CPU cated, in writing, to the seller or im- board, power supply and enclosure is porter that they will obtain a Declara- tested together and authorized under a tion of Conformity or a grant of certifi- Declaration of Conformity or a grant of cation for the personal computer em- certification; ploying these components. (2) The personal computer is author- (e) Subassemblies to digital devices ized under a Declaration of Conformity are not subject to the technical stand- or a grant of certification, and the CPU ards in this part unless they are mar- board or power supply in that com- keted as part of a system in which case puter is replaced with a CPU board or the resulting system must comply with power supply that has been separately the applicable regulations. Subassem- authorized under a Declaration of Con- blies include: formity or a grant of certification; or (1) Devices that are enclosed solely (3) The CPU board and power supply within the enclosure housing the dig- used in the assembly of a personal com- ital device, except for: power supplies puter have been separately authorized used in personal computers; devices in- under a Declaration of Conformity or a cluded under the definition of a periph- grant of certification; and eral device in § 15.3(r); and personal (4) Personal computers assembled computer CPU boards, as defined in using either of the methods specified in § 15.3(bb); paragraphs (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this sec- (2) CPU boards, as defined in tion must, by themselves, also be au- § 15.3(bb), other than those used in per- thorized under a Declaration of Con- sonal computers, that are marketed formity if they are marketed. However, without an enclosure or power supply; additional testing is not required for and this Declaration of Conformity, pro- (3) Switching power supplies that are vided the procedures in § 15.102(b) are separately marketed and are solely for followed. use internal to a device other than a (d) Peripheral devices, as defined in personal computer. § 15.3(r), shall be authorized under a (f) The procedures for obtaining a Declaration of Conformity, or a grant grant of certification or notification of certification, or verified, as appro- and for verification and a Declaration priate, prior to marketing. Regardless of Conformity are contained in subpart of the provisions of paragraphs (a) or J of part 2 of this chapter. (c) of this section, if a CPU board, [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 61 power supply, or peripheral device will FR 31050, June 19, 1996; 63 FR 36602, July 7, always be marketed with a specific per- 1998; 64 FR 4997, Feb. 2, 1999; 67 FR 48993, July sonal computer, it is not necessary to 29, 2002; 70 FR 1373, Jan. 7, 2005] obtain a separate authorization for that product provided the specific com- § 15.102 CPU boards and power sup- bination of personal computer, periph- plies used in personal computers. eral device, CPU board and power sup- (a) Authorized CPU boards and power ply has been authorized under a Dec- supplies that are sold as separate com- laration of Conformity or a grant of ponents shall be supplied with com- certification as a personal computer. plete installation instructions. These (1) No authorization is required for a instructions shall specify all of the in- peripheral device or a subassembly stallation procedures that must be fol- that is sold to an equipment manufac- lowed to ensure compliance with the turer for further fabrication; that man- standards, including, if necessary, the

766

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00776 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.103

type of enclosure, e.g., a metal enclo- noncompliant with the appropriate sure, proper grounding techniques, the standards in the configuration in which use of shielded cables, the addition of it is marketed (see §§ 2.909, 15.1, 15.27(d) any needed components, and any nec- and 15.101(e)). essary modifications to additional [61 FR 31050, June 19, 1996] components. (1) Any additional parts needed to en- § 15.103 Exempted devices. sure compliance with the standards, The following devices are subject except for the enclosure, are considered only to the general conditions of oper- to be special accessories and, in accord- ation in §§ 15.5 and 15.29 and are exempt ance with § 15.27, must be marketed from the specific technical standards with the CPU board or power supply. and other requirements contained in (2) Any modifications that must be this part. The operator of the exempted made to a personal computer, periph- device shall be required to stop oper- eral device, CPU board or power supply ating the device upon a finding by the during installation of a CPU board or Commission or its representative that power supply must be simple enough the device is causing harmful inter- that they can be performed by the av- ference. Operation shall not resume erage consumer. Parts requiring sol- until the condition causing the harm- dering, disassembly of circuitry or ful interference has been corrected. Al- other similar modifications are not though not mandatory, it is strongly permitted. recommended that the manufacturer of (b) Assemblers of personal computer an exempted device endeavor to have systems employing modular CPU the device meet the specific technical boards and/or power supplies are not standards in this part. required to test the resulting system (a) A digital device utilized exclu- provided the following conditions are sively in any transportation vehicle in- met: cluding motor vehicles and aircraft. (1) Each device used in the system (b) A digital device used exclusively has been authorized as required under as an electronic control or power sys- this part (according to § 15.101(e), some tem utilized by a public utility or in an subassemblies used in a personal com- industrial plant. The term public utility puter system may not require an au- includes equipment only to the extent thorization); that it is in a dedicated building or (2) The original label and identifica- large room owned or leased by the util- tion on each piece of equipment remain ity and does not extend to equipment unchanged; installed in a subscriber’s facility. (3) Each responsible party’s instruc- (c) A digital device used exclusively tions to ensure compliance (including, as industrial, commercial, or medical if necessary, the use of shielded cables test equipment. or other accessories or modifications) (d) A digital device utilized exclu- are followed when the system is assem- sively in an appliance, e.g., microwave bled; oven, dishwasher, clothes dryer, air (4) If the system is marketed, the re- conditioner (central or window), etc. sulting equipment combination is au- (e) Specialized medical digital de- thorized under a Declaration of Con- vices (generally used at the direction formity pursuant to § 15.101(c)(4) and a of or under the supervision of a li- compliance information statement, as censed health care practitioner) wheth- described in § 2.1077(b), is supplied with er used in a patient’s home or a health the system. Marketed systems shall care facility. Non-specialized medical also comply with the labelling require- devices, i.e., devices marketed through ments in § 15.19 and must be supplied retail channels for use by the general with the information required under public, are not exempted. This exemp- §§ 15.21, 15.27 and 15.105; and tion also does not apply to digital de- (5) The assembler of a personal com- vices used for record keeping or any puter system may be required to test purpose not directly connected with the system and/or make necessary medical treatment. modifications if a system is found to (f) Digital devices that have a power cause harmful interference or to be consumption not exceeding 6 nW.

767

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00777 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.105 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(g) Joystick controllers or similar radio communications. Operation of this devices, such as a mouse, used with equipment in a residential area is likely to digital devices but which contain only cause harmful interference in which case the non-digital circuitry or a simple cir- user will be required to correct the inter- ference at his own expense. cuit to convert the signal to the format required (e.g., an for (b) For a Class B digital device or pe- analog to digital conversion) are ripheral, the instructions furnished the viewed as passive add-on devices, not user shall include the following or themselves directly subject to the similar statement, placed in a promi- technical standards or the equipment nent location in the text of the man- authorization requirements. ual: (h) Digital devices in which both the highest frequency generated and the NOTE: This equipment has been tested and highest frequency used are less than found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the 1.705 MHz and which do not operate FCC Rules. These limits are designed to pro- from the AC power lines or contain vide reasonable protection against harmful provisions for operation while con- interference in a residential installation. nected to the AC power lines. Digital This equipment generates, uses and can radi- devices that include, or make provision ate radio frequency energy and, if not in- for the use of, battery eliminators, AC stalled and used in accordance with the in- adaptors or battery chargers which structions, may cause harmful interference permit operation while charging or to radio communications. However, there is that connect to the AC power lines in- no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equip- directly, obtaining their power through ment does cause harmful interference to another device which is connected to radio or television reception, which can be the AC power lines, do not fall under determined by turning the equipment off and this exemption. on, the user is encouraged to try to correct (i) Responsible parties should note the interference by one or more of the fol- that equipment containing more than lowing measures: one device is not exempt from the tech- —Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. nical standards in this part unless all —Increase the separation between the equip- of the devices in the equipment meet ment and receiver. the criteria for exemption. If only one —Connect the equipment into an outlet on a of the included devices qualifies for ex- circuit different from that to which the re- ceiver is connected. emption, the remainder of the equip- —Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/ ment must comply with any applicable TV technician for help. regulations. If a device performs more than one function and all of those func- (c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) tions do not meet the criteria for ex- and (b) of this section do not apply to emption, the device does not qualify digital devices exempted from the tech- for inclusion under the exemptions. nical standards under the provisions of § 15.103. § 15.105 Information to the user. (d) For systems incorporating several (a) For a Class A digital device or pe- digital devices, the statement shown in ripheral, the instructions furnished the paragraph (a) or (b) of this section user shall include the following or needs to be contained only in the in- similar statement, placed in a promi- struction manual for the main control nent location in the text of the man- unit. ual: (e) In cases where the manual is pro- vided only in a form other than paper, NOTE: This equipment has been tested and such as on a computer disk or over the found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the Internet, the information required by FCC Rules. These limits are designed to pro- this section may be included in the vide reasonable protection against harmful manual in that alternative form, pro- interference when the equipment is operated vided the user can reasonably be ex- in a commercial environment. This equip- pected to have the capability to access ment generates, uses, and can radiate radio information in that form. frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 manual, may cause harmful interference to FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003]

768

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00778 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.109

§ 15.107 Conducted limits. standard AM broadcast receiver: no (a) Except for Class A digital devices, limit on conducted emissions. for equipment that is designed to be (2) For all other carrier current sys- μ connected to the public utility (AC) tems: 1000 V within the frequency power line, the radio frequency voltage band 535–1705 kHz, as measured using a that is conducted back onto the AC 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. power line on any frequency or fre- (3) Carrier current systems operating quencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 below 30 MHz are also subject to the ra- MHz shall not exceed the limits in the diated emission limits in § 15.109(e). following table, as measured using a 50 (d) Measurements to demonstrate μH/50 ohms line impedance stabiliza- compliance with the conducted limits tion network (LISN). Compliance with are not required for devices which only the provisions of this paragraph shall employ battery power for operation be based on the measurement of the and which do not operate from the AC radio frequency voltage between each power lines or contain provisions for power line and ground at the power ter- operation while connected to the AC minal. The lower limit applies at the power lines. Devices that include, or band edges. make provision for, the use of battery chargers which permit operating while μ Frequency of emis- Conducted limit (dB V) charging, AC adaptors or battery elimi- sion (MHz) Quasi-peak Average nators or that connect to the AC power lines indirectly, obtaining their power 0.15–0.5 ...... 66 to 56* ...... 56 to 46* 0.5–5 ...... 56 ...... 46 through another device which is con- 5–30 ...... 60 ...... 50 nected to the AC power lines, shall be *Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency. tested to demonstrate compliance with the conducted limits. (b) For a Class A digital device that is designed to be connected to the pub- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 lic utility (AC) power line, the radio FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, frequency voltage that is conducted 1993; 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 45670, back onto the AC power line on any July 10, 2002] frequency or frequencies within the § 15.109 Radiated emission limits. band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed the limits in the following table, as (a) Except for Class A digital devices, measured using a 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. the field strength of radiated emissions Compliance with the provisions of this from unintentional radiators at a dis- paragraph shall be based on the meas- tance of 3 meters shall not exceed the urement of the radio frequency voltage following values: between each power line and ground at the power terminal. The lower limit Field Frequency of emission (MHz) strength applies at the boundary between the (microvolts/ frequency ranges. meter) 30–88 ...... 100 Conducted limit (dBμV) Frequency of emis- 88–216 ...... 150 sion (MHz) Quasi-peak Average 216–960 ...... 200 Above 960 ...... 500 0.15–0.5 ...... 79 ...... 66 0.5–30 ...... 73 ...... 60 (b) The field strength of radiated (c) The limits shown in paragraphs emissions from a Class A digital de- (a) and (b) of this section shall not vice, as determined at a distance of 10 apply to carrier current systems oper- meters, shall not exceed the following: ating as unintentional radiators on fre- Field quencies below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, Frequency of emission (MHz) strength these carrier current systems shall be (microvolts/ meter) subject to the following standards: (1) For carrier current systems con- 30–88 ...... 90 taining their fundamental emission 88–216 ...... 150 within the frequency band 535–1705 kHz 216–960 ...... 210 and intended to be received using a Above 960 ...... 300

769

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00779 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.111 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(c) In the emission tables above, the Radio Disturbance Characteristics— tighter limit applies at the band edges. Limits and Methods of Measurement’’ Sections 15.33 and 15.35 which specify (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). the frequency range over which radi- In addition: ated emissions are to be measured and (1) The test procedure and other re- the detector functions and other meas- quirements specified in this part shall urement standards apply. continue to apply to digital devices. (d) For CB receivers, the field (2) If, in accordance with § 15.33 of strength of radiated emissions within this part, measurements must be per- the frequency range of 25–30 MHz shall formed above 1000 MHz, compliance not exceed 40 microvolts/meter at a dis- above 1000 MHz shall be demonstrated tance of 3 meters. The field strength of with the emission limit in paragraph radiated emissions above 30 MHz from (a) or (b) of this section, as appro- such devices shall comply with the lim- priate. Measurements above 1000 MHz its in paragraph (a) of this section. may be performed at the distance spec- (e) Carrier current systems used as ified in the CISPR 22 publications for unintentional radiators or other unin- measurements below 1000 MHz provided tentional radiators that are designed the limits in paragraphs (a) and (b) of to conduct their radio frequency emis- this section are extrapolated to the sions via connecting wires or cables new measurement distance using an in- and that operate in the frequency verse linear distance extrapolation fac- range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz, including de- tor (20 dB/decade), e.g., the radiated vices that deliver the radio frequency limit above 1000 MHz for a Class B dig- energy to transducers, such as ultra- ital device is 150 uV/m, as measured at sonic devices not covered under part 18 a distance of 10 meters. of this chapter, shall comply with the (3) The measurement distances shown radiated emission limits for inten- in CISPR Pub. 22, including measure- tional radiators provided in § 15.209 for ments made in accordance with this the frequency range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz. paragraph above 1000 MHz, are consid- As an alternative, carrier current sys- ered, for the purpose of § 15.31(f)(4) of tems used as unintentional radiators this part, to be the measurement dis- and operating in the frequency range of tances specified in this part. 525 kHz to 1705 kHz may comply with (4) If the radiated emissions are the radiated emission limits provided measured to demonstrate compliance in § 15.221(a). At frequencies above 30 with the alternative standards in this MHz, the limits in paragraph (a), (b), or paragraph, compliance must also be (g) of this section, as appropriate, demonstrated with the conducted lim- apply. its shown in § 15.107(e). (f) For a receiver which employs ter- minals for the connection of an exter- (h) Radar detectors shall comply nal receiving antenna, the receiver with the emission limits in paragraph shall be tested to demonstrate compli- (a) of this section over the frequency ance with the provisions of this section range of 11.7–12.2 GHz. with an antenna connected to the an- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 tenna terminals unless the antenna FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; conducted power is measured as speci- 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July 29, fied in § 15.111(a). If a permanently at- 2002; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004] tached receiving antenna is used, the receiver shall be tested to demonstrate § 15.111 Antenna power conduction compliance with the provisions of this limits for receivers. section. (a) In addition to the radiated emis- (g) As an alternative to the radiated sion limits, receivers that operate emission limits shown in paragraphs (tune) in the frequency range 30 to 960 (a) and (b) of this section, digital de- MHz and CB receivers that provide ter- vices may be shown to comply with the minals for the connection of an exter- standards contained in Third Edition of nal receiving antenna may be tested to the International Special Committee demonstrate compliance with the pro- on Radio Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, visions of § 15.109 with the antenna ter- ‘‘Information Technology Equipment— minals shielded and terminated with a

770

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00780 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.115

resistive termination equal to the im- interference to authorized radio users, pedance specified for the antenna, pro- particularly on the fundamental and vided these receivers also comply with harmonic frequencies. the following: With the receiver an- (e) Power line carrier system appa- tenna terminal connected to a resistive ratus shall conform to such engineer- termination equal to the impedance ing standards as may be promulgated specified or employed for the antenna, by the Commission. In addition, such the power at the antenna terminal at systems should adhere to industry ap- any frequency within the range of proved standards designed to enhance measurements specified in § 15.33 shall the use of power line carrier systems. not exceed 2.0 nanowatts. (f) The provisions of this section (b) CB receivers and receivers that apply only to systems operated by a operate (tune) in the frequency range power utility for general supervision of 30 to 960 MHz that are provided only the power system and do not permit with a permanently attached antenna operation on electric lines which con- shall comply with the radiated emis- nect the distribution substation to the sion limitations in this part, as meas- customer or house wiring. Such oper- ured with the antenna attached. ation can be conducted under the other provisions of this part. § 15.113 Power line carrier systems. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. Power line carrier systems, as de- 7, 1989] fined in § 15.3(t), are subject only to the following requirements: § 15.115 TV interface devices, includ- (a) A power utility operating a power ing cable system terminal devices. line carrier system shall submit the de- (a) Measurements of the radiated tails of all existing systems plus any emissions of a TV interface device proposed new systems or changes to ex- shall be conducted with the output ter- isting systems to an industry-operated minal(s) of the device terminated by a entity as set forth in § 90.63(g) of this resistance equal to the rated output chapter. No notification to the FCC is impedance. The emanations of a TV required. interface device incorporating an in- (b) The operating parameters of a tentional radiator shall not exceed the power line carrier system (particularly limits in § 15.109 or subpart C of this the frequency) shall be selected to part, whichever is higher for each fre- achieve the highest practical degree of quency. Where it is possible to deter- compatibility with authorized or li- mine which portion of the device is censed users of the radio spectrum. The contributing a particular radio fre- signals from this operation shall be quency emission, the emissions from contained within the frequency band 9 the TV interface device portion shall kHz to 490 kHz. A power line carrier comply with the emission limits in system shall operate on an unpro- § 15.109, and the emissions from the in- tected, non-interference basis in ac- tentional radiator shall comply with cordance with § 15.5 of this part. If subpart C of this part. harmful interference occurs, the elec- (b) Output signal limits: tric power utility shall discontinue use (1) At any RF output terminal, the or adjust its power line carrier oper- maximum measured RMS voltage, in ation, as required, to remedy the inter- microvolts, corresponding to the peak ference. Particular attention should be envelope power of the modulated signal paid to the possibility of interference during maximum amplitude peaks to Loran C operations at 100 kHz. across a resistance (R in ohms) match- (c) Power line carrier system appa- ing the rated output impedance of the ratus shall be operated with the min- TV interface device, shall not exceed imum power possible to accomplish the the following: desired purpose. No equipment author- (i) For a cable system terminal de- ization is required. vice or a TV interface device used with (d) The best engineering principles a master antenna, 692.8 times the shall be used in the generation of radio square root of (R) for the video signal frequency currents by power line car- and 155 times the square root of (R) for rier systems to guard against harmful the audio signal.

771

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00781 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.115 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(ii) For all other TV interface de- MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB standard ap- vices, 346.4 times the square root of (R) plies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB standard for the video signal and 77.5 times the applies at 550 MHz. In the case of a square root of (R) for the audio signal. transfer switch requiring a power (2) At any RF output terminal, the source, the required isolation shall be maximum measured RMS voltage, in maintained in the event the device is microvolts, corresponding to the peak not connected to a power source or envelope power of the modulated signal power is interrupted. The provisions of during maximum amplitude peaks this paragraph regarding frequencies in across a resistance (R in ohms) match- the range 550 MHz to 806 MHz are appli- ing the rated output impedance of the cable as of June 30, 1997. TV interface device, of any emission (ii) For all other TV interface de- appearing on frequencies removed by vices, the maximum voltage, cor- more than 4.6 MHz below or 7.4 MHz responding to the peak envelope power above the video carrier frequency on of the modulated video signal during which the TV interface device is oper- maximum amplitude peaks, in ated shall not exceed the following: microvolts, appearing at the receiving (i) For a cable system terminal de- antenna input terminals when termi- vice or a TV interface device used with nated with a resistance (R in ohms) a master antenna, 692.8 times the matching the rated impedance of the square root of (R). antenna input of the switch, shall not (ii) For all other TV interface de- exceed 0.346 times the square root of vices, 10.95 times the square root of (R). (R). (3) The term master antenna used in (iii) Measurement to determine com- this section refers to TV interface de- pliance with the transfer switch limits vices employed for central distribution shall be made using a connecting cable, of television or other video signals where required, between the TV inter- within a building. Such TV interface face device and the transfer switch of devices must be designed to: the type and length: (i) Distribute multiple television sig- (A) Provided with the TV interface nals at the same time; device, (ii) Distribute such signals by cable (B) Recommended in the instruction to outlets or TV receivers in multiple manual, or rooms in the building in which the TV (C) Normally employed by the con- interface devices are installed; and, sumer. (iii) Distribute all over-the-air or (2) A TV interface device shall be de- cable signals. signed and constructed, to the extent NOTE: Cable-ready video cassette recorders practicable, so as to preclude the possi- continue to be subject to the provisions for bility that the consumer may inadvert- general TV interface devices. ently attach the output of the device (c) A TV interface device shall be to the receiving antenna, if any, with- equipped with a transfer switch for out first going through the transfer connecting the antenna terminals of a switch. receiver selectively either to the re- (3) A transfer switch is not required ceiving antenna or to the radio fre- for a TV interface device that, when quency output of the TV interface de- connected, results in the user no longer vice, subject to the following: having any need to receive standard (1) When measured in any of its set over-the-air broadcast signals via a positions, transfer switches shall com- separate antenna. A transfer switch is ply with the following requirements: not required to be marketed with a (i) For a cable system terminal de- cable system terminal device unless vice or a TV interface device equipped that device provides for the connection for use with a cable system or a master of an external antenna. A transfer antenna, as defined in paragraph (b)(3) switch is not required for a device that of this section, the isolation between is intended to be used as an accessory the antenna and cable input terminals to an authorized TV interface device. shall be at least 80 dB from 54 MHz to (4) An actual transfer switch is not 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from 216 MHz to required for a TV interface device, in- 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from 550 cluding a cable system terminal device,

772

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00782 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.115

that has an antenna input terminal(s); plies with the requirements of this provided, the circuitry following the part. The holder of the grant of author- antenna input terminal(s) has suffi- ization must comply with the provi- cient bandwidth to allow the reception sions of § 15.27. For all other TV inter- of all TV broadcast channels author- face devices, the wires or coaxial cables ized under part 73 of this chapter and: used to couple the output signals to For a cable system terminal device the TV receiver shall be provided by that can alternate between the recep- the responsible party. tion of cable television service and an (f) A TV interface device which is antenna, compliance with the isolation submitted to the Commission as a com- requirement specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section can be dem- posite device in a single enclosure con- onstrated; and, for all other TV inter- taining a RF modulator, video source face devices, the maximum voltage ap- and other component devices shall be pearing at the antenna terminal(s) does submitted on a single application (FCC not exceed the limit in paragraph Form 731) and shall be authorized as a (c)(1)(ii) of this section. single device. (5) If a transfer switch is not re- (g) An external device or accessory quired, the following label shall be that is intended to be attached to a TV used in addition to the label shown in interface device shall comply with the § 15.19(a): technical and administrative require- This device is intended to be attached to a ments set out in the rules under which receiver that is not used to receive over-the- it operates. For example, a personal air broadcast signals. Connection of this de- computer must be certificated to show vice in any other fashion may cause harmful compliance with the regulations for interference to radio communications and is digital devices. in violation of the FCC Rules, part 15. (h) Stand-alone switches used to al- (d) A TV interface device, including a ternate between cable service and an cable system terminal device, shall in- antenna shall provide isolation be- corporate circuitry to automatically tween the antenna and cable input ter- prevent emanations from the device minals that is at least 80 dB from 54 from exceeding the technical specifica- MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from 216 tions in this part. These circuits shall MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from be adequate to accomplish their func- 550 MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB standard tions when the TV interface device is presented, if applicable, with video applies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB stand- input signal levels in the range of one ard applies at 550 MHz. In the case of to five volts; this requirement is not stand-alone switches requiring a power applicable to a TV interface device source, the required isolation shall be that uses a built-in signal source and maintained in the event the device is has no provisions for the connection of not connected to a power source or an external signal source. For devices power is interrupted. The provisions of that contain provisions for an external this paragraph are applicable as of signal source but do not contain provi- June 30, 1997. sions for the input of an external (i) Switches and other devices in- baseband signal, e.g., some cable sys- tended to be used to by-pass the proc- tem terminal devices, compliance with essing circuitry of a cable system ter- the provisions of this paragraph shall minal device, whether internal to such be demonstrated with a radio fre- a terminal device or a stand-alone unit, quency input signal of 0 to 25 dBmV. shall not attenuate the input signal (e) For cable system terminal devices more than 6 dB from 54 MHz to 550 and TV interface devices used with a MHz, or more than 8 dB from 550 MHz master antenna, as defined in para- to 804 MHz. The 6 dB standard applies graph (b)(3) of this section, the holder at 550 MHz. The provisions of this para- of the grant of authorization shall graph are applicable June 30, 1997. specify in the instruction manual or pamphlet, if a manual is not provided, [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 the types of wires or coaxial cables FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 59 FR 25341, May 16, necessary to ensure that the unit com- 1994; 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996]

773

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00783 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.117 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 15.117 TV broadcast receivers. comprising five pushbuttons and a separate manual tuning knob is considered to provide (a) All TV broadcast receivers repeated access to six channels at discrete shipped in interstate commerce or im- tuning positions. A one-knob (VHF/UHF) ported into the United States, for sale tuning system providing repeated access to or resale to the public, shall comply 11 or more discrete tuning positions is also with the provisions of this section, ex- acceptable, provided each of the tuning posi- cept that paragraphs (f) and (g) of this tions is readily adjustable, without the use section shall not apply to the features of tools, to receive any UHF channel. of such sets that provide for reception (2) Tuning controls and channel read- of digital television signals. The ref- out. UHF tuning controls and channel erence in this section to TV broadcast readout on a given receiver shall be receivers also includes devices, such as comparable in size, location, accessi- TV interface devices and set-top de- bility and legibility to VHF controls vices that are intended to provide and readout on that receiver. audio-video signals to a video monitor, that incorporate the tuner portion of a NOTE: Differences between UHF and VHF TV broadcast receiver and that are channel readout that follow directly from the larger number of UHF television chan- equipped with an antenna or antenna nels available are acceptable if it is clear terminals that can be used for off-the- that a good faith effort to comply with the air reception of TV broadcast signals, provisions of this section has been made. as authorized under part 73 of this chapter. (d) If equipment and controls that (b) TV broadcast receivers shall be tend to simplify, expedite or perfect capable of adequately receiving all the reception of television signals (e.g., channels allocated by the Commission AFC, visual aids, remote control, or to the television broadcast service. signal seeking capability referred to (c) On a given receiver, use of the generally as tuning aids) are incor- UHF and VHF tuning systems shall porated into the VHF portion of a TV provide approximately the same degree broadcast receiver, tuning aids of the of tuning accuracy with approximately same type and comparable capability the same expenditure of time and ef- and quality shall be provided for the fort: Provided, however, That this re- UHF portion of that receiver. quirement will be considered to be met (e) If a television receiver has an an- if the need for routine fine tuning is tenna affixed to the VHF antenna ter- eliminated on UHF channels. minals, it must have an antenna de- (1) Basic tuning mechanism. If a TV signed for and capable of receiving all broadcast receiver is equipped to pro- UHF television channels affixed to the vide for repeated access to VHF tele- UHF antenna terminals. If a VHF an- vision channels at discrete tuning posi- tenna is provided with but not affixed tions, that receiver shall be equipped to a receiver, a UHF antenna shall be to provide for repeated access to a min- provided with the receiver. imum of six UHF television channels at (f) The picture sensitivity of a TV discrete tuning positions. Unless a dis- broadcast receiver averaged for all crete tuning position is provided for channels between 14 and 69 inclusive each channel allocated to UHF tele- shall not be more than 8dB larger than vision, each position shall be readily the peak picture sensitivity of that re- adjustable to a particular UHF channel ceiver averaged for all channels be- by the user without the use of tools. If tween 2 and 13 inclusive. 12 or fewer discrete tuning positions (g) The noise figure for any television are provided, each position shall be ad- channel 14 to 69 inclusive shall not ex- justable to receive any channel allo- ceed 14 dB. A TV receiver model is con- cated to UHF television. sidered to comply with this noise fig- ure if the maximum noise figure for NOTE: The combination of detented rotary channels 14–69 inclusive of 97.5% of all switch and pushbutton controls is accept- receivers within that model does not able, provided UHF channels, after their ini- tial selection, can be accurately tuned with exceed 14 dB. an expenditure of time and effort approxi- (1) The responsible party shall meas- mately the same as that used in accurately ure the noise figure of a number of tuning VHF channels. A UHF tuning system UHF channels of the test sample to

774

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00784 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.117

give reasonable assurance that the (iv) Other video devices (video- UHF noise figure for each channel com- cassette recorders (VCRs), digital video plies with the above limit. recorders such as hard drive and DVD (2) The responsible party shall insert recorders, etc.) that receive television in his files a statement explaining the signals—100% of all such units must in- basis on which it will rely to ensure clude DTV tuners effective March 1, that at least 97.5% of all production 2007. units of the test sample that are manu- (2) For purposes of this implementa- factured have a noise figure of no tion schedule, screen sizes are to be greater than 14 dB. measured diagonally across the picture (3) [Reserved] viewing area. (4) In the case of a TV tuner built-in (3) Responsible parties may include as part of a video tape recorder that combinations of DTV monitors and set- uses a power splitter between the an- top DTV tuners in meeting the re- tenna terminals of the video tape re- quired percentages of units with a DTV corder and the input terminals of the tuner if such combinations are mar- TV tuner or a TV broadcast receiver keted together with a single price. that uses a power splitter between the (4) The requirement to include dig- antenna terminals of two or more UHF ital television reception capability in tuners contained within that receiver, new TV broadcast receivers does not 4 dB may be subtracted from the noise apply to devices such as mobile tele- figure measured at the antenna termi- phones and personal digital assistants nals of the video tape recorder or TV where such devices do not include the broadcast receiver for determining capability to receive TV service on the compliance of the UHF tuner(s) with frequencies allocated for broadcast tel- the 14 dB noise figure limit. evision service. (h) Digital television reception capa- (j) For a TV broadcast receiver bility. TV broadcast receivers are re- equipped with a cable input selector quired only to provide useable picture switch, the selector switch shall pro- and sound commensurate with their vide, in any of its set positions, isola- video and audio capabilities when re- tion between the antenna and cable ceiving digital television signals. input terminals of at least 80 dB from (i) Digital television reception capability 54 MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from implementation schedule. (1) Responsible 216 MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB parties, as defined in § 2.909 of this from 550 MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB chapter, are required to equip new TV standard applies at 216 MHz and the 60 broadcast receivers that are shipped in dB standard applies at 550 MHz. In the interstate commerce or imported from case of a selector switch requiring a any foreign country into the United power source, the required isolation States and for which they are respon- shall be maintained in the event the sible to comply with the provisions of device is not connected to a power this section in accordance with the fol- source or power is interrupted. An ac- lowing schedule: tual switch that can alternate between (i) Receivers with screen sizes 36″ and reception of cable television service above—50% of all of a responsible par- and an antenna is not required for a TV ty’s units must include DTV tuners ef- broadcast receiver, provided compli- fective July 1, 2004; 100% of such units ance with the isolation requirement must include DTV tuners effective July specified in this paragraph can be dem- 1, 2005. onstrated and the circuitry following (ii) Receivers with screen sizes 25″ to the antenna input terminal(s) has suffi- less than 36″—50% of all of a respon- cient band-width to allow the reception sible party’s units must include DTV of all TV broadcast channels author- tuners effective July 1, 2005; 100% of ized under this chapter. The provisions such units must include DTV tuners ef- of this paragraph regarding frequencies fective March 1, 2006. in the range 550 MHz to 806 MHz are ap- (iii) Receivers with screen sizes less plicable as of June 30, 1997. than 25″—100% of all such units must (k) The following requirements apply include DTV tuners effective March 1, to all responsible parties, as defined in 2007. § 2.909 of this chapter, and any person

775

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00785 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.118 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

that displays or offers for sale or rent ital television Web site at: http:// television receiving equipment that is www.dtv.gov. not capable of receiving, decoding and [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1993, as amended at 59 tuning digital signals. FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 30532, June 17, (1) Such parties and persons shall 1996; 67 FR 63294, Oct. 11, 2002; 70 FR 38804, place conspicuously and in close prox- July 6, 2005; 70 FR 75743, Dec. 21, 2005; 72 FR imity to such television broadcast re- 26560, May 10, 2007; 73 FR 5681, Jan. 30, 2008] ceivers a sign containing, in clear and conspicuous print, the Consumer Alert § 15.118 Cable ready consumer elec- disclosure text required by paragraph tronics equipment. (k)(3) of this section. The text should (a) All consumer electronics TV re- be in a size of type large enough to be ceiving equipment marketed in the clear, conspicuous and readily legible, United States as cable ready or cable consistent with the dimensions of the compatible shall comply with the pro- equipment and the label. The informa- visions of this section. Consumer elec- tion may be printed on a transparent tronics TV receiving equipment that material and affixed to the screen, if includes features intended for use with the receiver includes a display, in a cable service but does not fully comply manner that is removable by the con- with the provisions of this section are sumer and does not obscure the pic- subject to the labelling requirements ture, or, if the receiver does not in- of § 15.19(d). Until such time as gen- clude a display, in a prominent loca- erally accepted testing standards are tion on the device, such as on the top developed, paragraphs (c) and (d) of or front of the device, when displayed this section will apply only to the ana- for sale, or the information in this for- log portion of covered consumer elec- mat may be displayed separately im- tronics TV receiving equipment mediately adjacent to each television (b) Cable ready consumer electronics broadcast receiver offered for sale and equipment shall be capable of receiving clearly associated with the analog-only all NTSC or similar video channels on model to which it pertains. channels 1 through 125 of the channel (2) If such parties and persons display allocation plan set forth in CEA–542–B: or offer for sale or rent such television ‘‘CEA Standard: Cable Television Chan- broadcast receivers via direct mail, nel Identification Plan,’’ (incorporated catalog, or electronic means, they shall by reference, see § 15.38). prominently display in close proximity (c) Cable ready consumer electronics to the images or descriptions of such equipment must meet the following television broadcast receivers, in clear technical performance requirements. and conspicuous print, the Consumer Compliance with these requirements Alert disclosure text required by para- shall be determined by performing graph (k)(3) of this section. The text measurements at the unfiltered IF out- should be in a size large enough to be put port. Where appropriate, the Com- clear, conspicuous, and readily legible, mission will consider allowing alter- consistent with the dimensions of the native measurement methods. advertisement or description. (1) Adjacent channel interference. In (3) Consumer alert. This television re- the presence of a lower adjacent chan- ceiver has only an analog broadcast nel CW signal that is 1.5 MHz below the tuner and will require a converter box desired visual carrier in frequency and after February 17, 2009, to receive over- 10 dB below the desired visual carrier the-air broadcasts with an antenna be- in amplitude, spurious signals within cause of the Nation’s transition to dig- the IF shall be attenuated at ital broadcasting. Analog-only TVs least 55 dB below the visual carrier of should continue to work as before with the desired signal. The desired input cable and satellite TV services, gaming signal shall be an NTSC visual carrier consoles, VCRs, DVD players, and simi- modulated with a 10 IRE flat field with lar products. For more information, color burst and the aural carrier which call the Federal Communications Com- is 10 dB below the visual carrier should mission at 1–888–225–5322 (TTY: 1–888– be unmodulated. Measurements are to 835–5322) or visit the Commission’s dig- be performed for input signal levels of

776

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00786 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.118

0 dBmV and +15 dBmV, with the re- sired and interfering signals are to be ceiver tuned to ten evenly spaced EIA measured. IS–132 channels covering the band 54 (4) Tuner overload. Spurious signals MHz to 804 MHz. within the IF passband shall be attenu- (2) Image channel interference. Image ated at least 55 dB below the visual channel interference within the IF carrier of the desired channel using a passband shall be attenuated below the comb-like spectrum input with each visual carrier of the desired channel by visual carrier signal individually set at at least 60 dB from 54 MHz to 714 MHz +15 dBmV from 54 to 550 MHz. The de- and 50 dB from 714 MHz to 804 MHz. The sired input signal is to be an NTSC sig- 60 dB standard applies at 714 MHz. In nal on which the visual carrier is mod- testing for compliance with this stand- ulated with a 10 IRE flat field with color burst and the aural carrier is ard, the desired input signal is to be an unmodulated and 10 dB below the vis- NTSC signal on which the visual car- ual carrier. Measurements shall be rier is modulated with a 10 IRE flat made with the receiver tuned to at field with color burst and the aural least seven evenly spaced EIA IS–132 carrier is unmodulated and 10 dB below channels covering the band 54 MHz to the visual carrier. The undesired test 550 MHz. In addition, spurious signals signal shall be a CW signal equal in within the IF passband shall be attenu- amplitude to the desired visual carrier ated at least 51 dB below the visual and located 90 MHz above the visual carrier of the desired channel using a carrier frequency of the desired chan- comb spectrum input with each signal nel. Measurements shall be performed individually set at +15 dBmV from 550 for input signals of 0 dBmV and +15 to 804 MHz. Measurements shall be dBmV, with the receiver tuned to at made with the receiver tuned to at least ten evenly spaced EIA IS–132 least three evenly spaced EIA IS–132 channels covering the band 54 MHz to channels covering the band 550 MHz to 804 MHz. 804 MHz. (3) Direct pickup interference. The di- (5) Cable input conducted emissions. (i) rect pickup (DPU) of a co-channel Conducted spurious emissions that ap- interfering ambient field by a cable pear at the cable input to the device ready device shall not exceed the fol- must meet the following criteria. The lowing criteria. The ratio of the desired input shall be an NTSC video carrier to undesired signal levels at the IF modulated with a 10 IRE flat field with passband on each channel shall be at color burst at a level of 0 dBmV and least 45 dB. The average ratio over the with a visual to aural ratio of 10 dB. six channels shall be at least 50 dB. The The aural carrier shall be desired input signal shall be an NTSC unmodulated. The peak level of the signal having a visual carrier level of 0 spurious signals will be measured using dBmV. The visual carrier is modulated a connected by a di- with a 10 IRE flat field with color rectional coupler to the cable input of burst, visual to aural carrier ratio of 10 the equipment under test. Spurious sig- dB, aural carrier unmodulated. The nal levels must not exceed the limits in equipment under test (EUT) shall be the following table: placed on a rotatable table that is one From 54 MHz up to and including 300 MHz–26 meter in height. Any excess length of dBmV the power cord and other connecting From 300 MHz up to and including 450 MHz– leads shall be coiled on the floor under 20 dBmV the table. The EUT shall be immersed From 450 MHz up to and including 804 MHz- in a horizontally polarized uniform CW 15 dBmV field of 100 mV/m at a frequency 2.55 (ii) The average of the measurements MHz above the visual carrier of the on multiple channels from 450 MHz up EUT tuned channel. Measurements to and including 804 MHz shall be no shall be made with the EUT tuned to greater than -20 dBmV. Measurements six EIA IS–132 channels, two each in shall be made with the receiver tuned the low VHF, high VHF and UHF to at least four EIA IS–132 channels in broadcast bands. On each channel, the each of the above bands. The test chan- levels at the IF passband due to the de- nels are to be evenly distributed across

777

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00787 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

each of the bands. Measurements for be included on an optional basis. The conducted emissions caused by sources Caption and Text Modes may contain internal to the device are to be made in data in either of two operating chan- a shielded room. Measurements for nels, referred to in this document as C1 conducted emissions caused by exter- and C2. The television receiver must nal signal sources shall be made in an decode both C1 and C2 captioning, and ambient RF field whose field strength must display the captioning for which- is 100 mV/m, following the same test ever channel the user selects. The TV conditions as described in paragraph Mode of operation allows the video to (c)(3) of this section. be viewed in its original form. The Cap- (d) The field strength of radiated tion and Text Modes define one or more emissions from cable ready consumer areas (called ‘‘boxes’’) on the screen electronics equipment shall not exceed within which caption or text char- the limits in § 15.109(a) when measured acters are displayed. in accordance with the applicable pro- cedures specified in §§ 15.31 and 15.35 for NOTE: For more information regarding Text mode, see ‘‘Television Captioning for unintentional radiators, with the fol- the Deaf: Signal and Display Specifications’’, lowing modifications. During testing Engineering Report No. E–7709–C, Public the NTSC input signal level is to be +15 Broadcasting Service, dated May 1980, and dBmV, with a visual to aural ratio of 10 ‘‘TeleCaption II Decoder Module Perform- dB. The visual carrier is to be modu- ance Specification’’, National Captioning In- lated by a 10 IRE flat field with color stitute, Inc., dated November 1985. These burst; the aural carrier is to be documents are available, respectively, from unmodulated. Measurements are to be the Public Broadcasting Service, 1320 Brad- dock Place, Alexandria, VA 22314 and from taken on six EIA IS–132 channels even- the National Captioning Institute, Inc., 5203 ly spaced across the required RF input Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041. range of the equipment under test. (d) Screen format. The display area for NOTE: The provisions of paragraphs (a) captioning and text shall fall approxi- through (d) of this section are applicable as mately within the safe caption area as of June 30, 1997. defined in paragraph (n)(12) of this sec- [59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994, as amended at 61 tion. This display area will be further FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996; 65 FR 64391, Oct. 27, divided into 15 character rows of equal 2000; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 2849, Jan. height and 32 columns of equal width, 21, 2004; 69 FR 57861, Sept. 28, 2004] to provide accurate placement of text § 15.119 Closed caption decoder re- on the screen. Vertically, the display quirements for re- area begins on line 43 and is 195 lines ceivers. high, ending on line 237 on an inter- laced display. All captioning and text (a) Effective July 1, 1993, all TV shall fall within these established col- broadcast receivers with picture umns and rows. The characters must be screens 33 cm (13 in) or larger in diame- displayed clearly separated from the ter shipped in interstate commerce, video over which they are placed. In manufactured, assembled, or imported addition, the user must have the capa- from any foreign country into the bility to select a black background United States shall comply with the over which the captioned letters are provisions of this section. displaced. NOTE: This paragraph places no restriction (1) Caption mode. In the Caption on the shipping or sale of television receivers Mode, text can appear on up to 4 rows that were manufactured before July 1, 1993. simultaneously anywhere on the screen (b) Transmission format. Closed-cap- within the defined display area. In ad- tion information is transmitted on line dition, a solid space equal to one col- 21 of field 1 of the vertical blanking in- umn width may be placed before the terval of television signals, in accord- first character and after the last char- ance with § 73.682(a)(22) of this chapter. acter of each row to enhance legibility. (c) Operating modes. The television re- The caption area will be transparent ceiver will employ customer-selectable anywhere that either: modes of operation for TV and Caption. (i) No standard space character or A third mode of operation, Text, may other character has been addressed and

778

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00788 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

no accompanying solid space is needed; (2) [Reserved] or, (f) Caption Mode. There are three (ii) An accompanying solid space is styles of presenting text in Caption used and a ‘‘transparent space’’ special Mode: roll-up, pop-on, and paint-on. character has been addressed which Character display varies significantly does not immediately precede or follow with the style used, but certain rules of a displayed character. character erasure are common to all (2) [Reserved] styles. A character can be erased by ad- (e) Presentation format. In analyzing dressing another character to the same the presentation of characters, it is screen location or by backspacing over convenient to think in terms of a non- the character from a subsequent loca- visible cursor which marks the screen tion on the same row. The entire dis- position at which the next event in a played memory will be erased instantly given mode and data channel will by receipt of an Erase Displayed Mem- occur. The receiver remembers the ory command. Both displayed memory cursor position for each mode even and non-displayed memory will be en- when data are received for a different tirely erased simultaneously by either: address in an alternate mode or data The user switching receiver channels channel. or data channels (C1/C2) or fields (F1/ (1) Screen addressing. Two kinds of F2) in decoders so equipped; the loss of control codes are used to move the valid data (see paragraph (j) of this sec- cursor to specific screen locations. In tion); or selecting non-captioning re- Caption Mode, these addressing codes ceiver functions which use the display will affect both row and column posi- memory of the decoder. Receipt of an tioning. In Text Mode, the codes affect End of Caption command will cause a only column positioning. In both displayed caption to become non-dis- modes, the addressing codes are op- played (and vice versa) without being tional. Default positions are defined for erased from memory. Changing the re- each mode and style when no address- ceiver to a non-captioning mode which ing code is provided. does not require use of the decoder’s (i) The first type of addressing code is display memory will leave that mem- the Preamble Address Code (PAC). It ory intact, and the decoder will con- assigns a row number and one of eight tinue to process data as if the caption ‘‘indent’’ figures. Each successive in- display were selected. dent moves the cursor four columns to (1) Roll-up. Roll-up style captioning the right (starting from the left mar- is initiated by receipt of one of three gin). Thus, an indent of 0 places the Miscellaneous Control Codes that de- cursor at Column 1, an indent of 4 sets termine the maximum number of rows it at Column 5, etc. The PAC indent is displayed simultaneously, either 2, 3 or non-destructive to displayable char- 4 contiguous rows. These are the three acters. It will not affect the display to Roll-Up Caption commands. the left of the new cursor position on (i) The bottom row of the display is the indicated row. Note that Preamble known as the ‘‘base row’’. The cursor Address Codes also set initial at- always remains on the base row. Rows tributes for the displayable characters of text roll upwards into the contig- which follow. See paragraph (h) of this uous rows immediately above the base section and the Preamble Address Code row to create a ‘‘window’’ 2 to 4 rows table. high. (ii) The second type of addressing (ii) The Roll-Up command, in normal code is the Tab Offset, which is one of practice, will be followed (not nec- three Miscellaneous Control Codes. Tab essarily immediately) by a Preamble Offset will move the cursor one, two, or Address Code indicating the base row three columns to the right. The char- and the horizontal indent position. If acter cells skipped over will be unaf- no Preamble Address Code is received, fected; displayable characters in these the base row will default to Row 15 or, cells, if any, will remain intact while if a roll-up caption is currently dis- empty cells will remain empty, in the played, to the same base row last re- same manner that a PAC indent is non- ceived, and the cursor will be placed at destructive. Column 1. If the Preamble Address

779

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00789 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

Code received contains a different base amble Address Code, if any, is given. A row than that of a currently displayed row on which there are no displayable caption, the entire window will move characters or Mid-Row Codes will not intact (and without erasing) to the new display a solid space, even when rolled base row immediately. up between two rows which do display (iii) Each time a Carriage Return is a solid space. received, the text in the top row of the (ix) If the reception of data for a row window is erased from memory and is interrupted by data for the alternate from the display or scrolled off the top data channel or for Text Mode, the dis- of the window. The remaining rows of play of caption text will resume from text are each rolled up into the next the same cursor position if a Roll-Up highest row in the window, leaving the Caption command is received and no base row blank and ready to accept Preamble Address Code is given which new text. This roll-up must appear would move the cursor. smooth to the user, and must take no (x) A roll-up caption remains dis- more than 0.433 second to complete. played until one of the standard cap- The cursor is automatically placed at tion erasure techniques is applied. Re- Column 1 (pending receipt of a Pre- ceipt of a Resume Caption Loading amble Address Code). command (for pop-on style) or a Re- (iv) Increasing or decreasing the sume Direct Captioning command (for number of roll-up rows instantly paint-on style) will not affect a roll-up changes the size of the active display display. Receipt of a Roll-Up Caption window, appropriately turning on or off command will cause any pop-on or the display of the top one or two rows. paint-on caption to be erased from dis- A row which is turned off should also played memory and non-displayed be erased from memory. memory. (v) Characters are always displayed (2) Pop-on. Pop-on style captioning is immediately when received by the re- initiated by receipt of a Resume Cap- ceiver. Once the cursor reaches the tion Loading command. Subsequent 32nd column position on any row, all data are loaded into a non-displayed subsequent characters received prior to memory and held there until an End of a Carriage Return, Preamble Address Caption command is received, at which Code, or Backspace will be displayed in point the non-displayed memory be- that column replacing any previous comes the displayed memory and vice character occupying that address. versa. (This process is often referred to (vi) The cursor moves automatically as ‘‘flipping memories’’ and does not one column to the right after each automatically erase memory.) An End character or Mid-Row Code received. A of Caption command forces the re- Backspace will move the cursor one ceiver into pop-on style if no Resume column to the left, erasing the char- Caption Loading command has been re- acter or Mid-Row Code occupying that ceived which would do so. The display location. (A Backspace received when will be capable of 4 full rows, not nec- the cursor is in Column 1 will be ig- essarily contiguous, simultaneous any- nored.) where on the screen. (vii) The Delete to End of Row com- (i) Preamble Address Codes can be mand will erase from memory any used to move the cursor around the characters or control codes starting at screen in random order to place cap- the current cursor location and in all tions on Rows 1 to 15. Carriage Returns columns to its right on the same row. have no effect on cursor location dur- If no displayable characters remain on ing caption loading. the row after the Delete to End of Row (ii) The cursor moves automatically is acted upon, the solid space (if any) one column to the right after each for that row should also be erased to character or Mid-Row Code received. conform with the following provisions. Receipt of a Backspace will move the (viii) If a solid space is used for leg- cursor one column to the left, erasing ibility, it should appear when the first the character or Mid-Row Code occu- displayable character (not a trans- pying that location. (A Backspace re- parent space) or Mid-Row Code is re- ceived when the cursor is in Column 1 ceived on a row, not when the Pre- will be ignored.) Once the cursor

780

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00790 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

reaches the 32nd column position on acter or Mid-Row Code occupying that any row, all subsequent characters re- location. (A Backspace received when ceived prior to a Backspace, an End of the cursor is in Column 1 will be ig- Caption, or a Preamble Address Code, nored.) Once the cursor reaches the will replace any previous character at 32nd column position on any row, all that location. subsequent characters received prior to (iii) The Delete to End of Row com- a Preamble Address Code or Backspace mand will erase from memory any will be displayed in that column re- characters or control codes starting at placing any previous character occu- the current cursor location and in all pying that location. columns to its right on the same row. (ii) The Delete to End of Row com- If no displayable characters remain on mand will erase from memory any a row after the Delete to End of Row is acted upon, the solid space (if any) for characters or control codes starting at that element should also be erased. the current cursor location and in all (iv) If data reception is interrupted columns to its right on the same row. during caption loading by data for the If no displayable characters remain on alternate caption channel or for Text the row after the Delete to End of Row Mode, caption loading will resume at is acted upon, the solid space (if any) the same cursor position if a Resume for that element should also be erased. Caption Loading command is received (iii) If the reception of data is inter- and no Preamble Address Code is given rupted during the direct captioning by that would move the cursor. data for the alternate caption channel (v) Characters remain in non-dis- or for Text Mode, the display of cap- played memory until an End of Caption tion text will resume at the same command flips memories. The caption cursor position if a Resume Direct Cap- will be erased without being displayed tioning command is received and no upon receipt of an Erase Non-Displayed Preamble Address Code is given which Memory command, a Roll-Up Caption would move the cursor. command, or if the user switches re- (iv) Characters remain displayed ceiver channels, data channels or until one of the standard caption era- fields, or upon the loss of valid data sure techniques is applied or until a (see paragraph (j) of this section). Roll-Up Caption command is received. (vi) A pop-on caption, once displayed, An End of Caption command leaves a remains displayed until one of the standard caption erasure techniques is paint-on caption fully intact in non- applied or until a Roll-Up Caption com- displayed memory. In other words, a mand is received. Characters within a paint-on style caption behaves pre- displayed pop-on caption will be re- cisely like a pop-on style caption placed by receipt of the Resume Direct which has been displayed. Captioning command and paint-on (g) Character format. Characters are style techniques (see below). to be displayed on the screen within a (3) Paint-on. Paint-on style cap- character ‘‘cell’’ which is the height tioning is initiated by receipt of a Re- and width of a single row and column. sume Direct Captioning command. The following codes define the Subsequent data are addressed imme- displayable character set. Television diately to displayed memory without receivers manufactured prior to Janu- need for an End of Caption command. ary 1, 1996 and having a character reso- (i) Preamble Address Codes can be lution of 5×7 dots, or less, may display used to move the cursor around the the allowable alternate characters in screen in random order to display cap- the character table. A statement must tions on Rows 1 to 15. Carriage Returns be in a prominent location on the box have no affect on cursor location dur- or other package in which the receiver ing direct captioning. The cursor is to be marketed, and information moves automatically one column to must be in the owner’s manual, indi- the right after each character or Mid- cating the receiver displays closed cap- Row Code is received. Receipt of a Backspace will move the cursor one tioning in upper case only. column to the left, erasing the char-

781

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00791 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

CHARACTER SET TABLE HEX Example Alternate Description

Special Characters 40 @ At sign 41 A Upper-case A These require two bytes for each symbol. 42 B Upper-case B Each hex code as shown will be preceded by 43 C Upper-case C a 11h for data channel 1 or by a 19h for data 44 D Upper-case D channel 2. For example: 19h 37h will place a 45 E Upper-case E musical note in data channel 2. 46 F Upper-case F 47 G Upper-case G HEX Example Alternate Description 48 H Upper-case H 49 I Upper-case I 30 ® See note1 Registered mark symbol 4A J Upper-case J 31 ° Degree sign 4B K Upper-case K 4C L Upper-case L 32 1⁄2 1⁄2 33 ¿ Inverse query 4D M Upper-case M 34 TM See note1 Trademark symbol 4E N Upper-case N 35 ¢ Cents sign 4F O Upper-case O 36 £ Pounds Sterling sign 50 P Upper-case P 37 M Music note 51 Q Upper-case Q 38 a` A Lower-case a with grave ac- 52 R Upper-case R cent 53 S Upper-case S 39 Transparent space 54 T Upper-case T 3A e` E Lower-case e with grave ac- 55 U Upper-case U cent 56 V Upper-case V 3B aˆ A Lower-case a with circumflex 57 W Upper-case W 3C eˆ E Lower-case e with circumflex 58 X Upper-case X 3D ˆı I Lower-case i with circumflex 59 Y Upper-case Y 3E oˆ O Lower-case o with circumflex 5A Z Upper-case Z 3F uˆ U Lower-case u with circumflex 5B [ Open bracket 5C e´ E Lower-case e with acute ac- 1 NOTE: The registered and trademark symbols are used to cent satisfy certain legal requirements. There are various legal 5D ] Close bracket ways in which these symbols may be drawn or displayed. For 5E ´ı I Lower-case i with acute accent example, the trademark symbol may be drawn with the ‘‘T’’ ´ next to the ‘‘M’’ or over the ‘‘M’’. It is preferred that the trade- 5F o O Lower-case o with acute ac- mark symbol be superscripted, i.e., XYZ TM. It is left to each cent individual manufacturer to interpret these symbols in any way 60 u´ U Lower-case u with acute ac- that meets the legal needs of the user. cent 61 a A Lower-case a Standard characters 62 b B Lower-case b 63 c C Lower-case c HEX Example Alternate Description 64 d D Lower-case d 65 e E Lower-case e 20 Standard space 66 f F Lower-case f 21 ! Exclamation mark 67 g G Lower-case g 22 ‘‘ Quotation mark 68 h H Lower-case h 23 # Pounds (number) sign 69 i I Lower-case i 24 $ Dollar sign 6A j J Lower-case j 25 % Percentage sign 6B k K Lower-case k 26 & Ampersand 6C l L Lower-case l 27 ’ Apostrophe 6D m M Lower-case m 28 ( Open parentheses 6E n N Lower-case n 29 ) Close parentheses 6F o O Lower-case o 2A a´ A Lower-case a with acute ac- 70 p P Lower-case p cent 71 q Q Lower-case q 2B + Plus sign 72 r R Lower-case r 2C , Comma 73 s S Lower-case s 2D ¥ Minus (hyphen) sign 74 t T Lower-case t 2E . Period 75 u U Lower-case u 2F / Slash 76 v V Lower-case v 77 w W Lower-case w 30 0 Zero 78 x X Lower-case x 31 1 One 79 y Y Lower-case y 32 2 Two 7A z Z Lower-case z 33 3 Three 7B c¸ C Lower-case c with cedilla 34 4 Four 7C ÷ Division sign 35 5 Five 7D N˜ Upper-case N with tilde 36 6 Six 7E n˜ N˜ Lower-case n with tilde 37 7 Seven 7F ■ Solid block 38 8 Eight 39 9 Nine 3A : Colon (h) Character Attributes—(1) Trans- 3B ; Semi-colon mission of Attributes. A character may 3C < Less than sign be transmitted with any or all of four 3D = Equal sign 3E > Greater than sign attributes: Color, italics, underline, 3F ? Question mark and flash. All of these attributes are

782

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00792 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

set by control codes included in the re- by the modification of the standard ceived data. An attribute will remain font by slanting. The user may be in effect until changed by another con- given the option to select other meth- trol code or until the end of the row is ods of italic display as well. The sup- reached. Each row begins with a con- port of the color attributes is optional. trol code which sets the color and un- If the color attributes are supported, derline attributes. (White non-under- they will be displayed in the color they lined is the default display attribute if have been assigned. If color attributes no Preamble Address Code is received are not supported, the display may be before the first character on an empty in color, but all color changes will be row.) Attributes are not affected by ignored. transparent spaces within a row. (i) Control codes. There are three dif- (i) All Mid-Row Codes and the Flash ferent types of control codes used to On command are spacing attributes identify the format, location, at- which appear in the display just as if a tributes, and display of characters: standard space (20h) had been received. Preamble Address Codes, Mid-Row Preamble Address Codes are non-spac- Codes, and Miscellaneous Control ing and will not alter any attributes Codes. when used to position the cursor in the (1) Each control code consists of a midst of a row of characters. pair of bytes which are always trans- (ii) The color attribute has the high- mitted together in a single field of line est priority and can only be changed by 21 and which are normally transmitted the Mid-Row Code of another color. twice in succession to help insure cor- Italics has the next highest priority. If rect reception of the control instruc- characters with both color and italics tions. The first of the control code are desired, the italics Mid-Row Code bytes is a non-printing character in the must follow the color assignment. Any range 10h to 1Fh. The second byte is al- color Mid-Row Code will turn off ways a printing character in the range italics. If the least significant bit of a 20h to 7Fh. Any such control code pair Preamble Address Code or of a color or received which has not been assigned a italics Mid-Row Code is a 1 (high), un- function is ignored. If the non-printing derlining is turned on. If that bit is a 0 character in the pair is in the range 00h (low), underlining is off. to 0Fh, that character alone will be ig- (iii) The flash attribute is trans- nored and the second character will be mitted as a Miscellaneous Control treated normally. Code. The Flash On command will not (2) If the second byte of a control alter the status of the color, italics, or code pair does not contain odd parity underline attributes. However, any (see paragraph (j) of this section), then color or italics Mid-Row Code will turn the pair is ignored. The redundant off flash. transmission of the pair will be the in- (iv) Thus, for example, if a , struction upon which the receiver acts. italicized, underlined, flashing char- (3) If the first byte of the first trans- acter is desired, the attributes must be mission of a control code pair fails the received in the following order: a red parity check, then that byte is inserted Mid-Row or Preamble Address Code, an into the currently active memory as a italics Mid-Row Code with underline solid block character (7Fh) followed by bit, and the Flash On command. The whatever the second byte is. Again, the character will then be preceded by redundant transmission of the pair will three spaces (two if red was assigned be the controlling instruction. via a Preamble Address Code). (4) If the first transmission of a con- (2) Display of attributes. The underline trol code pair passes parity, it is acted attribute will be displayed by drawing upon within one video frame. If the a line beneath the character in the next frame contains a perfect repeat of same color as the character. The flash the same pair, the redundant code is ig- attribute will be displayed by causing nored. If, however, the next frame con- the character to blink from the display tains a different but also valid control at least once per second. The italic at- code pair, this pair, too, will be acted tribute must be capable of being dis- upon (and the receiver will expect a re- played by either a special italic font, or peat of this second pair in the next

783

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00793 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

frame). If the first byte of the expected MID-ROW CODES—Continued redundant control code pair fails the Data Data parity check and the second byte is channel channel Attribute description identical to the second byte in the im- 1 2 mediately preceding pair, then the ex- 11 29 19 29 Red Underline. pected redundant code is ignored. If 11 2A 19 2A . there are printing characters in place 11 2B 19 2B Yellow Underline. of the redundant code, they will be 11 2C 19 2C Magenta. processed normally. 11 2D 19 2D Magenta Underline. 11 2E 19 2E Italics. (5) There is provision for decoding a 11 2F 19 2F Italics Underline. second data channel. The second data channel is encoded with the same con- MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL CODES trol codes and procedures already de- scribed. The first byte of every control Data Data Mne- code pair indicates the data channel channel channel Command description 1 2 monic (C1/C2) to which the command applies. Control codes which do not match the 14 20 1C 20 RCL Resume caption loading. data channel selected by the user, and 14 21 1C 21 BS... Backspace. 14 22 1C 22 AOF Reserved (formerly Alarm Off). all subsequent data related to that con- 14 23 1C 23 AON Reserved (formerly Alarm On). trol code, are ignored by the receiver. 14 24 1C 24 DER Delete to End of Row. 14 25 1C 25 RU2 Roll-Up Captions–2 Rows. MID-ROW CODES 14 26 1C 26 RU3 Roll-Up Captions–3 Rows. 14 27 1C 27 RU4 Roll-Up Captions–4 Rows. Data Data 14 28 1C 28 FON Flash On. channel channel Attribute description 14 29 1C 29 RDC Resume Direct Captioning. 1 2 14 2A 1C 2A TR ... Text Restart. 14 2B 1C 2B RTD Resume Text Display. 11 20 19 20 White. 14 2C 1C 2C EDM Erase Displayed Memory. 11 21 19 21 White Underline. 14 2D 1C 2D CR... Carriage Return. 11 22 19 22 . 14 2E 1C 2E ENM Erase Non-Displayed Memory. 11 23 19 23 Green Underline. 14 2F 1C 2F EOC End of Caption (Flip Memo- 11 24 19 24 . ries). 11 25 19 25 Blue Underline. 17 21 1F 21 TO1 Tab Offset 1 Column. 11 26 19 26 . 17 22 1F 22 TO2 Tab Offset 2 Columns. 11 27 19 27 Cyan Underline. 17 23 1F 23 TO3 Tab Offset 3 Columns. 11 28 19 28 Red.

PREAMBLE ADDRESS CODES

Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

First byte of code pair: Data Channel 1..... 11 11 12 12 15 15 16 16 17 17 10 13 13 14 14 Data Channel 2..... 19 19 1A 1A 1D 1D 1E 1E 1F 1F 18 1B 1B 1C 1C Second byte of code pair: White ...... 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 60 40 40 60 40 60 White Underline..... 41 61 41 61 41 61 41 61 41 61 41 41 61 41 61 Green ...... 42 62 42 62 42 62 42 62 42 62 42 42 62 42 62 Green Underline.... 43 63 43 63 43 63 43 63 43 63 43 43 63 43 63 Blue ...... 44 64 44 64 44 64 44 64 44 64 44 44 64 44 64 Blue Underline...... 45 65 45 65 45 65 45 65 45 65 45 45 65 45 65 Cyan ...... 46 66 46 66 46 66 46 66 46 66 46 46 66 46 66 Cyan Underline..... 47 67 47 67 47 67 47 67 47 67 47 47 67 47 67 Red ...... 48 68 48 68 48 68 48 68 48 68 48 48 68 48 68 Red Underline...... 49 69 49 69 49 69 49 69 49 69 49 49 69 49 69 Yellow ...... 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 6A 4A 4A 6A 4A 6A Yellow Underline... 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 6B 4B 4B 68 4B 6B Magenta ...... 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 6C 4C 4C 6C 4C 6C Magenta Underline 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 6D 4D 4D 6D 4D 6D White Italics...... 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 6E 4E 4E 6E 4E 6E White Italics Under- line ...... 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 6F 4F 4F 6F 4F 6F Indent 0...... 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 70 50 50 70 50 70 Indent 0 Underline 51 71 51 71 51 71 51 71 51 71 51 51 71 51 71 Indent 4...... 52 72 52 72 52 72 52 72 52 72 52 52 72 52 72 Indent 4 Underline 53 73 53 73 53 73 53 73 53 73 53 53 73 53 73 Indent 8...... 54 74 54 74 54 74 54 74 54 74 54 54 74 54 74 Indent 8 Underline 55 75 55 75 55 75 55 75 55 75 55 55 75 55 75 Indent 12...... 56 76 56 76 56 76 56 76 56 76 56 56 76 56 76

784

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00794 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.119

PREAMBLE ADDRESS CODES—Continued

Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row Row 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Indent 12 Underline 57 77 57 77 57 77 57 77 57 77 57 57 77 57 77 Indent 16...... 58 78 58 78 58 78 58 78 58 78 58 58 78 58 78 Indent 16 Underline 59 79 59 79 59 79 59 79 59 79 59 59 79 59 79 Indent 20...... 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 7A 5A 5A 7A 5A 7A Indent 20 Underline 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 7B 5B 5B 7B 5B 7B Indent 24...... 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 7C 5C 5C 7C 5C 7C Indent 24 Underline 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 7D 5D 5D 7D 5D 7D Indent 28...... 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 7E 5E 5E 7E 5E 7E Indent 28 Underline 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 7F 5F 5F 7F 5F 7F

NOTE: All indent codes (second byte equals 50h–5fh, 70th–7fh) assign white as the color attribute.

(j) Data rejection. The receiver should work. In particular, counting of lines provide an effective procedure to verify or timing from the start of the vertical data. A receiver will reject data if the blanking interval may cause problems. data is invalid, or if the data is di- Caption decoding circuitry must func- rected to the data channel or field not tion properly when receiving signals selected by the user. Invalid data is from cable security systems that were any data that fails to pass a check for designed and marketed prior to April 5, odd parity, or which, having passed the 1991. Further information concerning parity check, is assigned no function. such systems is available from the Na- (1) If a print character fails to pass a tional Cable Television Association, check for parity, a solid block (7Fh) Inc., Washington, DC, and from the should be displayed in place of the Electronic Industries Association, failed character. In addition, valid data Washington, DC. can be corrupted in many ways and (m) Labelling and consumer informa- may not be suitable for display. For ex- tion requirements. The box or other ample, repeated fields, skipped fields package in which the individual tele- and altered field sequences are all pos- vision receiver is to be marketed shall sible from consumer video equipment carry a statement in a prominent loca- and might present meaningless cap- tion, visible to the buyer before pur- tions. chase, which reads as follows: (2) The receiver will ignore data re- jected due to being directed to a This television receiver provides display of deselected field or channel. However, television closed captioning in accordance this will not cause the display to be with § 15.119 of the FCC rules. disabled. Receivers that do not support color at- (k) Automatic display enable/disable. tributes or text mode, as well as receiv- The receiver shall provide an auto- ers that display only upper-case char- matic enable/disable capability to pre- vent the display of invalid or incom- acters pursuant to paragraph (g) of this plete data, when the user selects the section, must include with the state- Caption Mode. The display should auto- ment, and in the owner’s manual, lan- matically become enable after the re- guage indicating that those features ceiver verifies the data as described in are not supported. paragraph (j) of this section. The dis- (n) Glossary of terms. The following play will be automatically disabled terms are used to describe caption de- when there is a sustained detection of coder specifications: invalid data. The display will be re-en- (1) Base row: The bottom row of a abled when the data verification proc- roll-up display. The cursor always re- ess has been satisfied once again. mains on the base row. Rows of text (l) Compatibility with Cable Security roll upwards into the contiguous rows Systems. Certain cable television secu- immediately above the base row. rity techniques, such as signal (2) Box: The area surrounding the ac- encryption and copy protection, can tive character display. In Text Mode, alter the television signal so that some the box is the entire screen area de- methods of finding line 21 will not fined for display, whether or not

785

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00795 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.119 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

displayable characters appear. In Cap- the display because the user selects an tion Mode, the box is dynamically re- alternate mode, e.g., TV Mode, or be- defined by each caption and each ele- cause no valid line 21 data is present. ment of displayable characters within (8) Display enable: To allow the dis- a caption. The box (or boxes, in the play of captions or text when they are case of a multiple-element caption) in- transmitted on line 21 and received as cludes all the cells of the displayed valid data. For display to be enabled, characters, the non-transparent spaces the user must have selected Caption between them, and one cell at the be- Mode or Text Mode, and valid data for ginning and end of each row within a the selected mode must be present on caption element in those decoders that line 21. use a solid space to improve legibility. (9) Element: In a pop-on or paint-on (3) Caption window: The invisible rec- style caption, each contiguous area of tangle which defines the top and bot- cells containing displayable characters tom limits of a roll-up caption. The and non-transparent spaces between window can be 2 to 4 rows high. The those characters. A single caption may lowest row of the window is called the have multiple elements. An element is base row. not necessarily a perfect rectangle, but (4) Cell: The discrete screen area in may include rows of differing widths. which each displayable character or (10) Erase Display: In Caption Mode, space may appear. A cell is one row to clear the screen of all characters high and one column wide. (and accompanying background) in re- (5) Column: One of 32 vertical divi- sponse to codes transmitted on line 21. sions of the screen, each of equal (The caption service provider can ac- width, extending approximately across complish the erasure either by sending the full width of the safe caption area an Erase Displayed Memory command as defined in paragraph (n)(12) of this or by sending an Erase Non-Displayed section. Two additional columns, one Memory command followed by an End at the left of the screen and one at the of Caption command, effectively mak- right, may be defined for the appear- ing a blank caption ‘‘appear’’.) Display ance of a box in those decoders which can also be erased by the receiver when use a solid space to improve legibility, the caption memory erasure conditions but no displayable characters may ap- are met, such as the user changing TV pear in those additional columns. For channels. reference, columns may be numbered 0 (11) Row: One of 15 horizontal divi- to 33, with columns 1 to 32 reserved for sions of the screen, extending across displayable characters. the full height of the safe caption area (6) Displayable character: Any letter, as defined in paragraph (n)(12) of this number or symbol which is defined for section. on-screen display, plus the 20h space. (12) Safe caption area: The area of the (7) Display disable: To turn off the dis- television picture within which cap- play of captions or text (and accom- tioning and text shall be displayed to panying background) at the receiver, ensure visibility of the information on rather than through codes transmitted the majority of home television receiv- on line 21 which unconditionally erase ers. The safe caption area is specified the display. The receiver may disable as shown in the following figure:

786

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00796 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.120

The dimensions of the above figure (15) Transparent space: Transmitted shall be as follows: as a special character, it is a one-col- umn-wide space behind which program Percent of Label Dimensions television pic- video is always visible (except when a ture height transparent space immediately pre- A Television picture height ...... 100 .0 cedes or follows a displayable char- B Television picture width ...... 133 .33 acter and solid box is needed to make C Height of safe caption area ...... 80 .0 D Width of safe caption area ...... 106 .67 that character legible). E Vertical position of safe caption 10 .0 area. [56 FR 27201, June 13, 1991, as amended at 57 F Horizontal position of safe caption 13 .33 FR 19094, May 4, 1992; 58 FR 44893, Aug. 25, area. 1993]

(13) Special characters: Displayable § 15.120 Program blocking technology characters (except for ‘‘transparent requirements for television receiv- space’’) which require a two-byte se- ers. quence of one non-printing and one (a) Effective July 1, 1999, manufactur- printing character. The non-printing ers of television broadcast receivers as byte varies depending on the data defined in section 15.3(w) of this chap- channel. Regular characters require ter, including personal computer sys- unique one-byte codes which are the tems meeting that definition, must en- same in either data channel. (14) Text: When written with an sure that one-half of their product upper-case ‘‘T’’, refers to the Text models with picture screens 33 cm (13 Mode. When written with a lower-case in) or larger in diameter shipped in ‘‘t’’, refers to any combination of interstate commerce or manufactured displayable characters. in the United States comply with the

787

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00797 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR EC03JN91.009 § 15.120 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) ing is received that meets the pre-de- of this section. termined user requirements. Digital television receivers shall be able to re- NOTE: This paragraph places no restric- tions on the shipping or sale of television re- spond to changes in the content advi- ceivers that were manufactured before July sory rating system. 1999. (e) All television receivers as de- scribed in paragraph (a) of this section (b) Effective January 1, 2000, all TV shall block programming as follows: broadcast receivers as defined in (1) Channel Blocking. Channel Block- § 15.3(w), including personal computer ing should occur as soon as a program systems meeting that definition, with rating packet with the appropriate picture screens 33 cm (13 in) or larger Content Advisory or MPAA rating in diameter or with displays in the 16:9 level is received. Program blocking is aspect ratio that are 19.8 cm (7.8 in) or described as a receiver performing all greater in height and digital television of the following: receivers without an associated display device shipped in interstate commerce • Muting the program audio. or manufactured in the United States • Rendering the video black or otherwise indecipherable. shall comply with the provisions of • paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this sec- Eliminating program-related captions. tion. (2) Default State. The default state of (c) Transmission format. (1) Analog a receiver (i.e., as provided to the con- television program rating information sumer) should not block unrated pro- shall be transmitted on line 21 of field grams. However, it is permissible to in- 2 of the vertical blanking interval of clude features that allow the user to television signals, in accordance with reprogram the receiver to block pro- § 73.682(a)(22) of this chapter. grams that are not rated. (2) Digital television program rating (3) Picture-In-Picture (PIP). If a re- information shall be transmitted in ceiver has the ability to decode pro- digital television signals in accordance gram-related rating information for with § 73.682(d) of this chapter. the Picture-In-Picture (PIP) video sig- (d) Operation. (1) Analog television nal, then it should block the PIP chan- receivers will receive program ratings nel in the same manner as the main transmitted pursuant to EIA–744: channel. If the receiver does not have ‘‘Transport of Content Advisory Infor- the ability to decode PIP program-re- mation Using Extended Data Service lated rating information, then it (XDS)’’ (incorporated by reference, see should block or otherwise disable the § 15.38) and EIA–608: ‘‘Recommended PIP if the viewer has enabled program Practice for Line 21 Data Service’’ (in- blocking. corporated by reference, see § 15.38). (4) Selection of Ratings. Each tele- Blocking of programs shall occur when vision receiver, in accordance with user a program rating is received that input, shall block programming based meets the pre-determined user require- on the age based ratings, the content ments. based ratings, or a combination of the (2) Digital television receivers shall two. react in a similar manner as analog (i) If the user chooses to block pro- televisions when programmed to block gramming according to its age based specific rating categories. Effective rating level, the receiver must have the March 15, 2006, digital television re- ability to automatically block pro- ceivers will receive program rating grams with a more restrictive age descriptors transmitted pursuant to in- based rating. For example, if all shows dustry standard EIA/CEA–766–A ‘‘U.S. with an age-based rating of TV-PG and Canadian Region Rating Tables have been selected for blocking, the (RRT) and Content Advisory user should be able to automatically Descriptors for Transport of Content block programs with the more restric- Advisory Information using ATSC A/ tive ratings of TV–14 and TV-MA. 65–A Program and System Information (ii) If the user chooses to block pro- Protocol (PSIP),’’ 2001 (incorporated by gramming according to a combination reference, see § 15.38). Blocking of pro- of age based and content based ratings grams shall occur when a program rat- the receiver must have the ability to

788

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00798 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.121

automatically block programming bands that are 38 dB or lower based with a more restrictive age rating but upon a 12 dB SINAD measurement, a similar content rating. For example, which is considered the threshold if all shows rated TV-PG-V have been where a signal can be clearly discerned selected for blocking, the user should from any interference that may be be able to block automatically shows present. with the more restrictive ratings of (c) Scanning receivers and frequency TV–14–V and TV-MA-V. converters designed or marketed for (iii) The user should have the capa- use with scanning receivers, are not bility of overriding the automatic subject to the requirements of para- blocking described in paragraphs graphs (a) and (b) of this section pro- (e)(4)(i) and (4)(ii) of this section. vided that they are manufactured ex- clusively for, and marketed exclusively [63 FR 20133, Apr. 23, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, to, entities described in 18 U.S.C. 2004; 69 FR 59534, Oct. 4, 2004; 73 FR 5682, Jan. 2512(2), or are marketed exclusively as 30, 2008] test equipment pursuant to § 15.3(dd). (d) Modification of a scanning re- § 15.121 Scanning receivers and fre- ceiver to receive transmissions from quency converters used with scan- Cellular Service fre- ning receivers. quency bands will be considered to con- (a) Except as provided in paragraph stitute manufacture of such equip- (c) of this section, scanning receivers ment. This includes any individual, in- and frequency converters designed or dividuals, entity or organization that marketed for use with scanning receiv- modifies one or more scanners. Any ers, shall: modification to a scanning receiver to (1) Be incapable of operating (tun- receive transmissions from the Cellular ing), or readily being altered by the Radiotelephone Service frequency user to operate, within the frequency bands voids the certification of the bands allocated to the Cellular Radio- scanning receiver, regardless of the telephone Service in part 22 of this date of manufacture of the original chapter (cellular telephone bands). unit. In addition, the provisions of Scanning receivers capable of ‘‘readily § 15.23 shall not be interpreted as per- being altered by the user’’ include, but mitting modification of a scanning re- are not limited to, those for which the ceiver to receiver Cellular Radio- ability to receive transmissions in the telephone Service transmissions. cellular telephone bands can be added (e) Scanning receivers and frequency by clipping the leads of, or installing, a converters designed for use with scan- simple component such as a , re- ning receivers shall not be assembled sistor or jumper wire; replacing a plug- from kits or marketed in kit form un- in chip; or programming less they comply with the require- a semiconductor chip using special ac- ments in paragraph (a) through (c) of cess codes or an external device, such this section. as a personal computer. Scanning re- (f) Scanning receivers shall have a ceivers, and frequency converters de- label permanently affixed to the prod- signed for use with scanning receivers, uct, and this label shall be readily visi- also shall be incapable of converting ble to the purchaser at the time of pur- digital cellular communication trans- chase. The label shall read as follows: missions to analog voice audio. WARNING: MODIFICATION OF THIS (2) Be designed so that the tuning, DEVICE TO RECEIVE CELLULAR RA- control and filtering circuitry is inac- DIOTELEPHONE SERVICE SIGNALS cessible. The design must be such that IS PROHIBITED UNDER FCC RULES any attempts to modify the equipment AND FEDERAL LAW. to receive transmissions from the Cel- (1) ‘‘Permanently affixed’’ means lular Radiotelephone Service likely that the label is etched, engraved, will render the receiver inoperable. stamped, silkscreened, indelible print- (b) Except as provided in paragraph ed or otherwise permanently marked (c) of this section, scanning receivers on a permanently attached part of the shall reject any signals from the Cel- equipment or on a nameplate of metal, lular Radiotelephone Service frequency plastic or other material fastened to

789

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00799 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

the equipment by welding, riveting, or mitted television signals to be dis- permanent adhesive. The label shall be played on analog receivers shall pass designed to last the expected lifetime available analog caption information of the equipment in the environment in to the attached receiver in a form rec- which the equipment may be operated ognizable by that receiver’s built-in and must not be readily detachable. caption decoder circuitry. The label shall not be a stick-on, paper label. NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(2): This paragraph (2) When the device is so small that it places no restrictions on the shipping or sale of DTV converter boxes that were manufac- is not practicable to place the warning tured before July 1, 2002. label on it, the information required by this paragraph shall be placed in a (b) Digital television receivers and prominent location in the instruction tuners must be capable of decoding manual or pamphlet supplied to the closed captioning information that is user and shall also be placed on the delivered pursuant to EIA–708–B: ‘‘Dig- container in which the device is mar- ital Television (DTV) Closed Cap- keted. However, the FCC identifier tioning’’ (incorporated by reference, see must be displayed on the device. § 15.38). [64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999, as amended at 66 (c) Services. (1) Decoders must be ca- FR 32582, June 15, 2001] pable of decoding and processing data for the six standard services, Caption § 15.122 Closed caption decoder re- Service #1 through Caption Service #6. quirements for digital television re- (2) Decoders that rely on Program ceivers and converter boxes. and System Information Protocol data (a)(1) Effective July 1, 2002, all digital to implement closed captioning func- television receivers with picture tions must be capable of decoding and screens in the 4:3 aspect ratio with pic- processing the Caption Service Direc- ture screens measuring 13 inches or tory data. Such decoders must be capa- larger diagonally, all digital television ble of decoding all Caption Channel receivers with picture screens in the Block Headers consisting of Standard 16:9 aspect ratio measuring 7.8 inches Service Headers, Extended Service or larger vertically and all separately Block Headers, and Null Block headers. sold DTV tuners shipped in interstate However, decoding of the data is re- commerce or manufactured in the quired only for Standard Service United States shall comply with the Blocks (Service IDs <-6), and then only provisions of this section. if the characters for the corresponding NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(1): This paragraph language are supported. The decoders places no restrictions on the shipping or sale must be able to display the directory of digital television receivers that were man- for services 1 through 6. ufactured before July 1, 2002. (d) Code space organization. (1) Decod- (2) Effective July 1, 2002, DTV con- ers must support Code Space C0, G0, C1, verter boxes that allow digitally trans- and G1 in their entirety.

790

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00800 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122

(2) The following characters within TABLE 2—G2 CHARACTER SUBSTITUTION code space G2 must be supported: TABLE—Continued (i) Transparent space (TSP). (ii) Non-breaking transparent space G2 Character Substitute with (NBTSP). Open double quote G0 double quote (‘‘), char code 0×22 (iii) Solid block ( ). (‘‘), G2 char code 0×33. TM (iv) Trademark symbol ( ). Close double quote G0 double quote (’’), char code 0×22 (v) Latin-1 characters Sˇ , ), sˇ, *, Y¨ . (’’), G2 char code (3) The substitutions in Table 2 are to 0×34. Bold bullet (•), G2 G1 bullet (•), char code 0×B7 be made if a decoder does not support char code 0×35. the remaining G2 characters. Elipsis (. . .), G2 char G0 underscore (l), char code 0×5F code 0×25. TABLE 2—G2 CHARACTER SUBSTITUTION TABLE One-eighth (1⁄8), G2 G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 char code 0×76. G2 Character Substitute with Three-eighths (3⁄8), G2 G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 char code 0×77. Open single quote (‘), G0 single quote (‘), char code 0×27 Five-eighths (5⁄8), G2 G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 G2 char code 0×31. char code 0×78. Close single quote (’), G0 single quote (’), char code 0×27 Seven-eighths (7⁄8), G0 percent sign (%), char code 0×25 G2 char code 0×32. G2 char code 0×79.

791

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00801 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR ER29SE00.000 § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

TABLE 2—G2 CHARACTER SUBSTITUTION (4) Support for code spaces C2, C3, TABLE—Continued and G3 is optional. All unsupported graphic symbols in the G3 code space G2 Character Substitute with are to be substituted with the G0 un- Vertical border (|), G2 G0 stroke (|), char code 0×7C derscore character (l), char code 0×5F. × char code 0 7A. (e) Screen coordinates. Table 3 speci- Upper-right border (⎤), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D G2 char code 0×7B. fies the screen coordinate resolutions Lower-left border (⎣), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D and limits for anchor point positioning G2 char code 0×7C. Horizontal border (—), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D in 4:3 and 16:9 display formats, and the G2 char code 0×7D. number of characters per row. Lower-right border (⎦), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D G2 char code 0×7E. Upper-left border (⎡), G0 dash (-), char code 0×2D G2 char code 0×7F.

TABLE 3—SCREEN COORDINATE RESOLUTIONS AND LIMITS

Maximum Maximum Screen aspect ratio Maximum anchor position Minimum anchor position res- displayed characters resolution olution rows per row

4:3 ...... 75v×160h ...... 15v×32h ...... 4 32 16:9 ...... 75v×210h ...... 15v×42h ...... 4 42 Other ...... 75v×(5×H) ...... 15v×H* ...... 4 1

1H = 32 × (the width of the screen in relation to a 4:3 display). For example, the 16:9 format is 1⁄3 wider than a 4:3 display; thus, H = 32 * 4⁄3 = 42.667, or 42.

(1) This means that the minimum (4) If the resulting size of any window grid resolution for a 4:3 aspect ratio in- is larger than the safe title area for the strument is 15 vertical positions × 32 corresponding display’s aspect ratio, horizontal positions. This minimum then this window will be completely grid resolution for 16:9 ratio instru- disregarded. ment is 15 vertical positions × 42 hori- (f) Caption windows. (1) Decoders need zontal positions. These minimum grid to display no more than 4 rows of cap- sizes are to cover the entire safe-title tions on the screen at any given time, area of the corresponding screen. regardless of the number of windows (2) The minimum coordinates equate displayed. This implies that no more to a 1⁄5 reduction in the maximum hori- than 4 windows can be displayed at any zontal and vertical grid resolution co- given time (with each having only one ordinates. Caption providers are to use caption row). However, decoders should the maximum coordinate system val- maintain storage to support a min- ues when specifying anchor point posi- imum total of 8 rows of captions. This tions. Decoders using the minimum storage is needed for the worst-case resolution are to divide the provided support of a displayed window with 4 horizontal and vertical screen coordi- rows of captioning and a non-displayed nates by 5 to derive the equivalent window which is buffering the incom- minimum coordinates. ing rows for the next 4-row caption. As (3) Any caption targeted for both 4:3 implied above, the maximum number and 16:9 instruments is limited to 32 of windows that may be displayed at contiguous characters per row. If a cap- any one time by a minimum decoder tion is received by a 4:3 instrument that is targeted for a 16:9 display only, implementation is 4. If more than 4 or requires a window width greater windows are defined in the caption than 32 characters, then the caption stream, the decoder may disregard the may be completely disregarded by the youngest and lowest priority window decoder. 16:9 instruments should be definition(s). Caption providers must able to process and display captions in- be aware of this limitation, and either tended for 4:3 displays, providing all restrict the total number of windows other minimum recommendations are used or accept that some windows will met. not be displayed.

792

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00802 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122

(2) Decoders do not need to support set) should not be considered as poten- overlapped windows. If a window over- tial line breaks. laps another window, the overlapped (v) If a single word exceeds the length window need not be displayed by the of a row, the word should be placed at decoder. the start of a new row, broken at the (3) At a minimum, decoders will as- character following the last character sume that all windows have rows and that fits on the row, and continued columns ‘‘locked’’. This implies that if with further breaks if needed. a decoder implements the SMALL pen- (g) Window text painting. (1) All de- size, then word-‘‘un’’wrapping, when coders should implement ‘‘left’’, shrinking captions, need not be imple- ‘‘right’’, and ‘‘center’’ caption-text jus- mented. Also, if a decoder implements tification. Implementation of ‘‘full’’ the LARGE pen size, then word wrap- justification is optional. If ‘‘full’’ jus- ping (when enlarging captions) need tification is not implemented, fully not be implemented. justified captions should be treated as (4) Whenever possible, the receiver though they are ‘‘left’’ justified. should render embedded carriage re- (i) For ‘‘left’’ justification, decoders turns as line breaks, since these car- should display any portion of a re- riage returns indicate an important as- ceived row of text when it is received. pect of the caption’s formatting as de- For ‘‘center’’, ‘‘right’’, and ‘‘full’’ jus- termined by the service provider. How- tification, decoders may display any ever, it may sometimes be necessary portion of a received row of text when for the receiver to ignore embedded it is received, or may delay display of line breaks. For example, if a caption a received row of text until reception is to appear in a larger font, and if its of a row completion indicator. A row window’s rows and/or columns are un- completion indicator is defined as re- locked, the rows of text may need to ceipt of a CR, ETX or any other com- become longer or shorter to fit within the allocated space. Such automatic mand, except SetPenColor, reformatting of a caption is known as SetPenAttributes, or SetPenLocation ‘‘word wrap.’’ If decoders support word- where the pen relocation is within the wrapping, it must be implemented as same row. follows: (ii) Receipt of a character for a dis- (i) The receiver should follow stand- played row which already contains text ard typographic practice when imple- with ‘‘center’’, ‘‘right’’ or ‘‘full’’ jus- menting word wrap. Potential breaking tification will cause the row to be points (word-wrapping points) are indi- cleared prior to the display of the cated by the space character (20h) and newly received character and any sub- by the hyphen character (2Dh). sequent characters. Receipt of a jus- (ii) If a row is to be broken at a tification command which changes the space, the receiver should remove the last received justification for a given space from the caption display. If a row window will cause the window to be is to be broken after a hyphen, the hy- cleared. phen should be retained. (2) At a minimum, decoders must (iii) If an embedded return is to be re- support LEFTlTOlRIGHT printing. moved, it should usually be replaced (3) At a minimum, decoders must with a space. However, if the character support BOTTOMlTOlTOP scrolling. to the left of the embedded return is a For windows sharing the same hori- hyphen, the embedded return should be zontal scan lines on the display, removed but NOT replaced with a scrolling may be disabled. space. (4) At a minimum, decoders must (iv) This specification does not in- support the same recommended prac- clude optional hyphens, nor does it pro- tices for scroll rate as is provided for vide for any form of automatic hyphen- NTSC closed-captioning. ation. No non-breaking hyphen is de- (5) At a minimum, decoders must fined. The non-breaking space (A0h in support the same recommended prac- the G1 code set) and the non-breaking tices for smooth scrolling as is pro- transparent space (21h in the G2 code vided for NTSC closed-captioning.

793

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00803 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(6) At a minimum, decoders must im- SOLID), and borderless transparent plement the ‘‘snap’’ window display ef- windows (i.e., border type = NONE, fill fect. If the window ‘‘fade’’ and ‘‘wipe’’ opacity = TRANSPARENT). effects are not implemented, then the (i) Predefined window and pen styles. decoder will ‘‘snap’’ all windows when Predefined Window Style and Pen they are to be displayed, and the ‘‘ef- Style ID’s may be provided in the fect speed’’ parameter is ignored. DefineWindow command. At a min- (h) Window colors and borders. At a imum, decoders should implement minimum, decoders must implement Predefined Window Attribute Style 1 borderless windows with solid, black and Predefined Pen Attribute Style 1, backgrounds (i.e., border type = NONE, as shown in Table 4 and Table 5, respec- fill color = (0,0,0), fill opacity = tively.

794

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00804 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122 Usage NTSC Style* Usage PopUp Captions Centered PopUp Captions RollUp Captions Centered RollUp Captions tions w/o Black Back- ground tions w/o Black Back- ground color Edge color Border opacity type Backgrnd Solid ...... n/a ...... Default Border None ..... n/a ...... PopUp Cap- None ..... n/a ...... RollUp Cap- color Black. ity parent. parent. Backgrnd Fill opac- Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... NTSC Style Solid ...... None ..... n/a ...... Ticker Tape

S opacity Foregrnd

Solid ...... (0,0,0) Black. Black. Black. Black. Black. S Fill color ID’ ID’ TYLE S color White. TYLE S Foregrnd Effect speed EN P INDOW W Effect direction REDEFINED REDEFINED 5—P 4—P effect Display ABLE T ABLE T wrap Word No .... Snap ...... n/a ...... No .... n/a ...... Snap ...... (0,0,0) n/a ...... n/a ...... No n/a ...... Snap Trans- ...... n/a ...... n/aYes ...... (0,0,0) Snap ...... n/a ...... Yes ... n/a ...... Snap ...... (0,0,0) n/a ...... n/a ...... Yes n/a ...... Snap Trans- ...... n/a ...... n/a ...... (0,0,0) Scroll top. top. top. top. top. top. direction Right-to-left No .... Snap ...... n/a ...... n/a ...... (0,0,0) tion tom. Print direc- Pen size Font style Offset Italics Underline Edge type Justify style ID Predefined ID # Style 1 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 2 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 3 ...... Cntr ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 4 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 5 ...... Left ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 6 ...... Cntr ...... Left-to-right Bottom-to- 7 ...... Left ...... Top-to-bot- 1 ...... Stndr ...... 0 ...... Normal .... No .... No ...... None ...... (2,2,2)

795

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00805 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition) Usage Style* Mono w/ Serif Style* Prop w/ Serif Style* Mono w/ o Serif Style* Prop w/o Serif Serif, Bor- dered Text, No BG Serif, Bor- dered Text, No BG Mono w/o Prop. w/o color Edge Black. Black. (0,0,0) (0,0,0) parent. parent. opacity Backgrnd Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC Solid ...... n/a ...... NTSC color White. Black. Black. Black. Backgrnd opacity Foregrnd Solid ...... (0,0,0) Solid ...... (0,0,0) Solid ...... (0,0,0) Solid ...... n/a ...... Trans- Solid ...... n/a ...... Trans- —Continued S color White. White. White. White. White. ID’ Foregrnd TYLE S EN P REDEFINED 5—P ABLE T Pen size Font style Offset Italics Underline Edge type style ID *‘‘NTSC Style’’—White Text on Black Background Predefined 2 ...... Stndr ...... 1 ...... Normal3 ...... No Stndr ...... No 2 ...... Normal None4 ...... No (2,2,2) Stndr ...... No Solid 3 ...... (0,0,0) Normal None5 ...... No (2,2,2) Stndr ...... No 4 ...... Normal None6 ...... No (2,2,2) Stndr ...... No 3 ...... Normal None ...... No (2,2,2) ....7 ...... No ...... Stndr ...... Unifrm .... 4 ...... (2,2,2) Normal .... No .... No ...... Unifrm .... (2,2,2)

796

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00806 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.122

(j) Pen size. (1) Decoders must support choose among the eight fonts. The de- the standard, large, and small pen sizes coder must display the font chosen by and must allow the caption provider to the caption provider unless the viewer choose a pen size and allow the viewer chooses a different font. to choose an alternative size. The (l) Character offsetting. Decoders need STANDARD pen size should be imple- not implement the character offsetting mented such that the height of the (i.e., subscript and superscript) pen at- tallest character in any implemented tributes. font is no taller than 1⁄15 of the height (m) Pen styles. At a minimum, decod- of the safe-title area, and the width of ers must implement normal, italic, and the widest character is no wider than underline pen styles. 1⁄32 of the width of the safe-title area (n) Foreground color and opacity. (1) for 4:3 displays and 1⁄42 of the safe-title area width for 16:9 displays. At a minimum, decoders must imple- (2) The LARGE pen size should be im- ment transparent, translucent, solid plemented such that the width of the and flashing character foreground type widest character in any implemented attributes. font is no wider than 1⁄32 of the safe- (2) At a minimum, decoders must im- title area for 16:9 displays. This rec- plement the following character fore- ommendation allows for captions to ground colors: white, black, red, green, grow to a LARGE pen size without hav- blue, yellow, magenta and cyan. ing to reformat the caption since no (3) Caption providers may specify the caption will have more than 32 char- color/opacity. Decoders must include acters per row. the ability for consumers to choose (k) Font styles. (1) Decoders must sup- among the color/opacity options. The port the eight fonts listed below. Cap- decoder must display the color/opacity tion providers may specify 1 of these 8 chosen by the caption provider unless font styles to be used to write caption the viewer chooses otherwise. text. The styles specified in the ‘‘font (o) Background color and opacity. (1) style’’ parameter of the Decoders must implement the fol- SetPenAttributes command are num- lowing background colors: white, bered from 0 through 7. The following is a list of the 8 required font styles. black, red, green, blue, yellow, ma- For information purposes only, each genta and cyan. It is recommended font style references one or more pop- that this background is extended be- ular fonts which embody the character- yond the character foreground to a de- istics of the style: gree that the foreground is separated (i) 0—Default (undefined) from the underlying video by a suffi- (ii) 1—Monospaced with serifs (simi- cient number of background pixels to lar to Courier) insure the foreground is separated from (iii) 2—Proportionally spaced with the background. serifs (similar to Times New Roman) (2) Decoders must implement trans- (iv) 3—Monospaced without serifs parent, translucent, solid and flashing (similar to Helvetica Monospaced) background type attributes. Caption (v) 4—Proportionally spaced without providers may specify the color/opac- serifs (similar to Arial and Swiss) ity. Decoders must include the ability (vi) 5—Casual font type (similar to for consumers to choose among the Dom and Impress) color/opacity options. The decoder (vii) 6—Cursive font type (similar to must display the color/opacity chosen Coronet and Marigold) by the caption provider unless the (viii) 7—Small capitals (similar to viewer chooses otherwise. Engravers Gothic) (p) Character edges. Decoders must (2) Font styles may be implemented in any typeface which the decoder implement separate edge color and manufacturer deems to be a readable type attribute control. rendition of the font style, and need (q) Color representation. (1) At a not be in the exact typefaces given in minimum, decoders must support the 8 the example above. Decoders must in- colors listed in Table 6. clude the ability for consumers to

797

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00807 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.122 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

TABLE 6—MINIMUM COLOR LIST TABLE (A) For RGB values with all elements non-zero and different—e.g., (1,2,3), Color Red Green Blue (3,2,1), and (2,1,3), the 1 value will be Black ...... 0 0 0 changed to 0, the 2 value will remain White ...... 2 2 2 unchanged, and the 3 value will be Red ...... 2 0 0 changed to 2. Green ...... 0 2 0 Blue ...... 0 0 2 (B) For RGB values with all elements Yellow ...... 2 2 0 non-zero and with two common ele- Magenta ...... 2 0 2 ments—e.g. (3,1,3), (2,1,2), and (2,2,3), if Cyan ...... 0 2 2 the common elements are 3 and the un- common one is 1, then the 1 elements is (2)(i) When a decoder supporting this changed to 0; e.g. (3,1,3) → (3,0,3). If the Minimum Color List receives an RGB common elements are 1 and the uncom- value not in the list, it will map the re- mon element is 3, then the 1 elements ceived value to one of the values in the are changed to 0, and the 3 element is list via the following algorithm: changed to 2; e.g. (1,3,1) → (0,2,0). In all (A) All one (1) values are to be other cases, the uncommon element is changed to 0. changed to the common value; e.g., (B) All two (2) values are to remain (2,2,3) → (2,2,2), (1,2,1) → (1,1,1), and unchanged. (3,2,3) → (3,3,3). (C) All three (3) values are to be (ii) All decoders not supporting ei- changed to 2. ther one of the two color lists described (ii) For example, the RGB value above, must support the full 64 possible (1,2,3) will be mapped to (0,2,2), (3,3,3) RGB color value combinations. will be mapped to (2,2,2) and (1,1,1) will (r) Character rendition considerations. be mapped to (0,0,0). In NTSC Closed Captioning, decoders (3) Table 7 is an alternative minimum were required to insert leading and color list table supporting 22 colors. trailing spaces on each caption row. There were two reasons for this re- TABLE 7—ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM COLOR LIST quirement: TABLE (1) To provide a buffer so that the Color Red Green Blue first and last characters of a caption row do not fall outside the safe title Black ...... 0 0 0 Gray ...... 1 1 1 area, and White ...... 2 2 2 (2) To provide a black border on each Bright White...... 3 3 3 side of a character so that the ‘‘white’’ Dark Red...... 1 0 0 leading pixels of the first character on Red ...... 2 0 0 Bright Red ...... 3 0 0 a row and the trailing ‘‘white’’ pixels of Dark Green ...... 0 1 0 the last character on a row do not Green ...... 0 2 0 bleed into the underlying video. Bright Green...... 0 3 0 Dark Blue ...... 0 0 1 (i) Since caption windows are re- Blue ...... 0 0 2 quired to reside in the safe title area of Bright Blue ...... 0 0 3 the DTV screen, reason 1 (above) is not Dark Yellow ...... 1 1 0 applicable to DTVCC captions. Yellow ...... 2 2 0 Bright Yellow ...... 3 3 0 (ii) The attributes available in the Dark Magenta ...... 1 0 1 SetPenAttributes command for char- Magenta ...... 2 0 2 acter rendition (e.g., character back- Bright Magenta ...... 3 0 3 ground and edge attributes) provide un- Dark Cyan...... 0 1 1 Cyan ...... 0 2 2 limited flexibility to the caption pro- Bright Cyan ...... 0 3 3 vider when describing caption text in an ideal decoder implementation. How- (i) When a decoder supporting the Al- ever, manufacturers need not imple- ternative Minimum Color List in Table ment all pen attributes. Thus it is rec- 7 receives an RGB value not in the list ommended that no matter what the (i.e., an RGB value whose non-zero ele- level of implementation, decoder man- ments are not the same value), it will ufacturers should take into account map the received value to one of the the readability of all caption text values in the list via the following al- against a variety of all video back- gorithm: grounds, and should implement some

798

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00808 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.123

automatic character delineation when corporated by reference, see § 15.38), the individual control of character provided, however, that with respect to foreground, background and edge is not Table B.11 of that standard, the phase supported. noise requirement shall be –86 dB/Hz in- (s) Service synchronization. Service cluding both in-the-clear channels and Input Buffers must be at least 128 bytes channels that are subject to condi- in size. Caption providers must keep tional access. this lower limit in mind when fol- (3) Allows navigation of channels lowing Delay commands with other based on channel information (virtual commands and window text. In other channel map and source names) pro- words, no more than 128 bytes of vided through the cable system in com- DTVCC commands and text should be pliance with ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (for- transmitted (encoded) before a pending merly DVS 234): ‘‘Service Information Delay command’s delay interval ex- Delivered Out-of-Band for Digital Cable pires. Television’’ (incorporated by reference, (t) Settings. Decoders must include an see § 15.38), and/or PSIP-enabled naviga- option that permits a viewer to choose tion (ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS a setting that will display captions as 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex intended by the caption provider (a de- and Transport System Standard for fault). Decoders must also include an Cable Television’’ (incorporated by ref- option that allows a viewer’s chosen erence, see § 15.38)). settings to remain until the viewer chooses to alter these settings, includ- (4) Includes the POD-Host Interface ing periods when the television is specified in SCTE 28 2003 (formerly turned off. DVS 295): ‘‘Host-POD Interface Stand- ard’’ (incorporated by reference, see [65 FR 58471, Sept. 29, 2000, as amended at 69 § 15.38), and SCTE 41 2003 (formerly FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004] DVS 301): ‘‘POD Copy Protection Sys- tem’’ (incorporated by reference, see § 15.123 Labeling of digital cable ready products. § 15.38), or implementation of a more advanced POD-Host Interface based on (a) The requirements of this section successor standards. Support for Inter- shall apply to unidirectional digital net protocol flows is not required. cable products. Unidirectional digital (5) Responds to emergency alerts cable products are one-way devices that are transmitted in compliance that accept a Point of Deployment with ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS module (POD) and which include, but are not limited to televisions, set-top- 241): ‘‘Digital Video Service Multiplex boxes and recording devices connected and Transport System Standard for to digital cable systems. Cable Television’’ (incorporated by ref- Unidirectional digital cable products erence, see § 15.38). do not include interactive two-way dig- (6) In addition to the requirements of ital television products. paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this (b) A unidirectional digital cable section, a unidirectional digital cable product may not be labeled with or television may not be labeled or mar- marketed using the term ‘‘digital cable keted as digital cable ready or with ready,’’ or other terminology that de- other terminology as described in para- scribes the device as ‘‘cable ready’’ or graph (b) of this section, unless it in- ‘‘cable compatible,’’ or otherwise indi- cludes a DTV broadcast tuner as set cates that the device accepts a POD or forth in § 15.117(i) and employs at least conveys the impression that the device one specified interface in accordance is compatible with digital cable service with the following schedule: unless it implements at a minimum (i) For 480p grade unidirectional dig- the following features: ital cable televisions, either a DVI/ (1) Tunes NTSC analog channels HDCP, HDMI/HDCP, or 480p Y,Pb,Pr transmitted in-the-clear. interface: (2) Tunes digital channels that are (A) Models with screen sizes 36 inches transmitted in compliance with SCTE and above: 50% of a manufacturer’s or 40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): ‘‘Digital importer’s models manufactured or im- Cable Network Interface Standard’’ (in- ported after July 1, 2004; 100% of such

799

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00809 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.123 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

models manufactured or imported after with respect to the standards ref- July 1, 2005. erenced in paragraph (b) of this section (B) Models with screen sizes 32 to 35 concerning the procedures set forth in inches: 50% of a manufacturer’s or im- Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Direc- porter’s models manufactured or im- tional Receiving Device: Conformance ported after July 1, 2005; 100% of such Checklist: PICS Proforma’’ (incor- models manufactured or imported after porated by reference, see § 15.38). July 1, 2006. (3) Subsequent to the testing of its (ii) For 720p/1080i grade initial unidirectional digital cable unidirectional digital cable televisions, product model, a manufacturer or im- either a DVI/HDCP or HDMI/HDCP porter is not required to have other interface: models of unidirectional digital cable (A) Models with screen sizes 36 inches and above: 50% of a manufacturer’s or products tested at a qualified test fa- importer’s models manufactured or im- cility for compliance with the proce- ported after July 1, 2004; 100% of such dures of Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni- models manufactured or imported after Directional Receiving Device: Con- July 1, 2005. formance Checklist: PICS Proforma’’ (B) Models with screen sizes 25 to 35 (incorporated by reference, see § 15.38). inches: 50% of a manufacturer’s or im- However, the manufacturer or importer porter’s models manufactured or im- shall ensure that all subsequent models ported after July 1, 2005; 100% of such of unidirectional digital cable products models manufactured or imported after comply with the procedures in the Uni- July l, 2006. Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional (C) Models with screen sizes 13 to 24 Receiving Device: Conformance Check- inches: 100% of a manufacturer’s or im- list: PICS Proforma’’ (incorporated by porter’s models manufactured or im- reference, see § 15.38) and all other ap- ported after July 1, 2007. plicable rules and standards. The man- (c) Before a manufacturer’s or im- ufacturer or importer shall maintain porter’s first unidirectional digital records indicating such compliance in cable product may be labeled or mar- accordance with the verification proce- keted as digital cable ready or with dure requirements in part 2, subpart J other terminology as described in para- of this chapter. The manufacturer or graph (b) of this section, the manufac- importer shall further submit docu- turer or importer shall verify the de- mentation verifying compliance with vice as follows: the procedures in the Uni-Dir-PICS-I01- (1) The manufacturer or importer shall have a sample of its first model of 030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving De- a unidirectional digital cable product vice: Conformance Checklist: PICS tested to show compliance with the Proforma’’ (incorporated by reference, procedures set forth in Uni-Dir-PICS- see § 15.38) to a facility representing I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Directional Receiving cable television system operators serv- Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS ing a majority of the cable television Proforma’’ (incorporated by reference, subscribers in the United States. see § 15.38) at a qualified test facility. (d) Manufacturers and importers The manufacturer or importer shall shall provide in appropriate post-sale have any modifications to the product material that describes the features to correct failures of the procedures in and functionality of the product, such Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ‘‘Uni-Direc- as the owner’s guide, the following lan- tional Receiving Device: Conformance guage: ‘‘This digital television is capa- Checklist: PICS Proforma’’ (incor- ble of receiving analog basic, digital porated by reference, see § 15.38) re- basic and digital premium cable tele- tested at a qualified test facility. vision programming by direct connec- (2) A qualified test facility is a facil- tion to a cable system providing such ity representing cable television sys- programming. A security card provided tem operators serving a majority of the by your cable operator is required to cable television subscribers in the view encrypted digital programming. United States or an independent lab- oratory with personnel knowledgeable

800

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00810 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.201

Certain advanced and interactive dig- (c) This notice requirement applies ital cable services such as video-on-de- to all responsible parties, as defined in mand, a cable operator’s enhanced pro- § 2.909 of this chapter. gram guide and data-enhanced tele- [73 FR 28732, May 19, 2008] vision services may require the use of a set-top box. For more information call your local cable operator.’’ Subpart C—Intentional Radiators [68 FR 66733, Nov. 28, 2003] § 15.201 Equipment authorization re- quirement. § 15.124 DTV transition notices by (a) Intentional radiators operated as manufacturers of televisions and carrier current systems, devices oper- related devices. ated under the provisions of §§ 15.211, (a) Television receivers and related 15.213, and 15.221, and devices operating devices manufactured between May 30, below 490 kHz in which all emissions 2008, and March 31, 2009, must include are at least 40 dB below the limits in notices about the digital television § 15.209 shall be verified pursuant to the (DTV) transition. Related devices cov- procedures in Subpart J of part 2 of ered by this requirement: All television this chapter prior to marketing. broadcast receivers as defined in (b) Except as otherwise exempted in § 15.3(w); TV interface devices as de- paragraph (c) of this section and in fined in § 15.3(y); devices that record § 15.23 of this part, all intentional radi- and/or display signals received from ators operating under the provisions of television broadcast receivers; and set- this part shall be certificated by the top boxes available for sale at retail Commission pursuant to the proce- that receive video programming pro- dures in subpart J of part 2 of this vided by multi-channel video program- chapter prior to marketing. ming distributors. (c) For devices such as perimeter pro- (b) The notices required under para- tection systems which, in accordance graph (a) of this section must: with § 15.31(d), are required to be meas- (1) Be in clear and conspicuous print; ured at the installation site, each ap- plication for certification must be ac- (2) Convey at least the following in- companied by a statement indicating formation about the DTV transition: that the system has been tested at (i) After February 17, 2009, a tele- three installations and found to com- vision receiver with only an analog ply at each installation. Until such broadcast tuner will require a con- time as certification is granted, a verter box to receive full power over- given installation of a system that was the-air broadcasts with an antenna be- measured for the submission for cer- cause of the Nation’s transition to dig- tification will be considered to be in ital broadcasting. Analog-only TVs compliance with the provisions of this should continue to work as before to chapter, including the marketing regu- receive low power, Class A or trans- lations in subpart I of part 2 of this lator television stations and with cable chapter, if tests at that installation and satellite TV services, gaming con- show the system to be in compliance soles, VCRs, DVD players, and similar with the relevant technical require- products. ments. Similarly, where measurements (ii) Information about the DTV tran- must be performed on site for equip- sition is available from http:// ment subject to verification, a given www.DTV.gov or 1–888–CALL–FCC, and installation that has been verified to from http://www.dtv2009.gov or 1–888– demonstrate compliance with the ap- DTV–2009 for information about sub- plicable standards will be considered to sidized coupons for digital-to-analog be in compliance with the provisions of converter boxes; and this chapter, including the marketing (3) Explain clearly what effect, if regulations in subpart I of part 2 of any, the DTV transition will have on this chapter. the use of the receiver or related de- (d) For perimeter protection systems vice, including any limitations or re- operating in the frequency bands allo- quirements associated with connecting cated to television broadcast stations a related device to a DTV receiver. operating under part 73 of this chapter,

801

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00811 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.202 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

the holder of the grant of certification tion. The manufacturer may design the must test each installation prior to ini- unit so that a broken antenna can be tiation of normal operation to verify replaced by the user, but the use of a compliance with the technical stand- standard antenna jack or electrical ards and must maintain a list of all in- connector is prohibited. This require- stallations and records of measure- ment does not apply to carrier current ments. For perimeter protection sys- devices or to devices operated under tems operating outside of the fre- the provisions of § 15.211, § 15.213, quency bands allocated to television § 15.217, § 15.219, or § 15.221. Further, this broadcast stations, upon receipt of a requirement does not apply to inten- grant of certification, further testing tional radiators that must be profes- of the same or similar type of system sionally installed, such as perimeter or installation is not required. protection systems and some field dis- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 turbance sensors, or to other inten- FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003] tional radiators which, in accordance with § 15.31(d), must be measured at the § 15.202 Certified operating frequency installation site. However, the installer range. shall be responsible for ensuring that Client devices that operate in a mas- the proper antenna is employed so that ter/client network may be certified if the limits in this part are not exceed- they have the capability of operating ed. outside permissible part 15 frequency [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 bands, provided they operate on only FR 28762, July 13, 1990] permissible part 15 frequencies under the control of the master device with § 15.204 External radio frequency which they communicate. Master de- power and antenna vices marketed within the United modifications. States must be limited to operation on (a) Except as otherwise described in permissible part 15 frequencies. Client paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, devices that can also act as master de- no person shall use, manufacture, sell vices must meet the requirements of a or lease, offer for sale or lease (includ- master device. For the purposes of this ing advertising for sale or lease), or im- section, a master device is defined as a port, ship, or distribute for the purpose device operating in a mode in which it of selling or leasing, any external radio has the capability to transmit without frequency power amplifier or amplifier receiving an enabling signal. In this kit intended for use with a part 15 in- mode it is able to select a channel and tentional radiator. initiate a network by sending enabling (b) A transmission system consisting signals to other devices. A network al- of an intentional radiator, an external ways has at least one device operating radio frequency power amplifier, and in master mode. A client device is de- an antenna, may be authorized, mar- fined as a device operating in a mode in keted and used under this part. Except which the transmissions of the device as described otherwise in this section, are under control of the master. A de- when a transmission system is author- vice in client mode is not able to ini- ized as a system, it must always be tiate a network. marketed as a complete system and [70 FR 23040, May 4, 2005] must always be used in the configura- tion in which it was authorized. § 15.203 Antenna requirement. (c) An intentional radiator may be An intentional radiator shall be de- operated only with the antenna with signed to ensure that no antenna other which it is authorized. If an antenna is than that furnished by the responsible marketed with the intentional radi- party shall be used with the device. ator, it shall be of a type which is au- The use of a permanently attached an- thorized with the intentional radiator. tenna or of an antenna that uses a An intentional radiator may be author- unique coupling to the intentional ra- ized with multiple antenna types. diator shall be considered sufficient to (1) The antenna type, as used in this comply with the provisions of this sec- paragraph, refers to antennas that

802

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00812 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.205

have similar in-band and out-of-band vidual sale provided it is intended for radiation patterns. use in conjunction with a transmitter (2) Compliance testing shall be per- that operates in the 902–928 MHz, 2400– formed using the highest gain antenna 2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz bands for each type of antenna to be certified pursuant to § 15.247 of this part or a with the intentional radiator. During transmitter that operates in the 5.725– this testing, the intentional radiator 5.825 GHz band pursuant to § 15.407 of shall be operated at its maximum this part. The amplifier must be of a available output power level. design such that it can only be con- (3) Manufacturers shall supply a list nected as part of a system in which it of acceptable antenna types with the application for equipment authoriza- has been previously authorized. (The tion of the intentional radiator. use of a non-standard connector or a (4) Any antenna that is of the same form of electronic system identifica- type and of equal or less directional tion is acceptable.) The output power gain as an antenna that is authorized of such an amplifier must not exceed with the intentional radiator may be the maximum permitted output power marketed with, and used with, that in- of its associated transmitter. tentional radiator. No retesting of this (2) The outside packaging and user system configuration is required. The manual for external radio frequency marketing or use of a system configu- power amplifiers sold in accordance ration that employs an antenna of a with paragraph (d)(1) of this section different type, or that operates at a must include notification that the am- higher gain, than the antenna author- plifier can be used only in a system ized with the intentional radiator is which it has obtained authorization. not permitted unless the procedures Such a notice must identify the au- specified in § 2.1043 of this chapter are thorized system by FCC Identifier. followed. (d) Except as described in this para- [69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004] graph, an external radio frequency power amplifier or amplifier kit shall § 15.205 Restricted bands of operation. be marketed only with the system con- (a) Except as shown in paragraph (d) figuration with which it was approved of this section, only spurious emissions and not as a separate product. are permitted in any of the frequency (1) An external radio frequency power bands listed below: amplifier may be marketed for indi-

MHz MHz MHz GHz

0.090–0.110 ...... 16.42–16.423 399.9–410 4.5–5.15 1 0.495–0.505 ...... 16.69475–16.69525 608–614 5.35–5.46 2.1735–2.1905 ...... 16.80425–16.80475 960–1240 7.25–7.75 4.125–4.128 ...... 25.5–25.67 1300–1427 8.025–8.5 4.17725–4.17775 ...... 37.5–38.25 1435–1626.5 9.0–9.2 4.20725–4.20775 ...... 73–74.6 1645.5–1646.5 9.3–9.5 6.215–6.218 ...... 74.8–75.2 1660–1710 10.6–12.7 6.26775–6.26825 ...... 108–121.94 1718.8–1722.2 13.25–13.4 6.31175–6.31225 ...... 123–138 2200–2300 14.47–14.5 8.291–8.294 ...... 149.9–150.05 2310–2390 15.35–16.2 8.362–8.366 ...... 156.52475–156.52525 2483.5–2500 17.7–21.4 8.37625–8.38675 ...... 156.7–156.9 2690–2900 22.01–23.12 8.41425–8.41475 ...... 162.0125–167.17 3260–3267 23.6–24.0 12.29–12.293 ...... 167.72–173.2 3332–3339 31.2–31.8 12.51975–12.52025 ...... 240–285 3345.8–3358 36.43–36.5 12.57675–12.57725 ...... 322–335.4 3600–4400 (2) 13.36–13.41. 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490–0.510 MHz. 2 Above 38.6

(b) Except as provided in paragraphs the limits shown in § 15.209. At fre- (d) and (e) of this section, the field quencies equal to or less than 1000 strength of emissions appearing within MHz, compliance with the limits in these frequency bands shall not exceed § 15.209 shall be demonstrated using

803

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00813 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.207 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

measurement instrumentation employ- from complying with the requirements ing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. of this section for the 48.0–48.5 GHz and Above 1000 MHz, compliance with the 72.0–72.75 GHz bands only, and shall not emission limits in § 15.209 shall be dem- exceed the limits specified in § 15.249(a). onstrated based on the average value of (e) Harmonic emissions appearing in the measured emissions. The provisions the restricted bands above 17.7 GHz in § 15.35 apply to these measurements. from field disturbance sensors oper- (c) Except as provided in paragraphs ating under the provisions of § 15.245 (d) and (e) of this section, regardless of shall not exceed the limits specified in the field strength limits specified else- § 15.245(b). where in this subpart, the provisions of [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 this section apply to emissions from FR 46791, Nov. 7, 1990; 56 FR 6288, Feb. 15, any intentional radiator. 1991; 57 FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992; 58 FR 33774, (d) The following devices are exempt June 21, 1993; 60 FR 28068, May 30, 1995; 61 FR from the requirements of this section: 14503, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 FR 4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 62 (1) Swept frequency field disturbance FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997; 67 FR 34855, May 16, sensors operating between 1.705 and 37 2002; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004; 69 FR 72031, Dec. 10, 2004] MHz provided their emissions only sweep through the bands listed in para- § 15.207 Conducted limits. graph (a) of this section, the sweep is (a) Except as shown in paragraphs (b) never stopped with the fundamental and (c) of this section, for an inten- emission within the bands listed in tional radiator that is designed to be paragraph (a) of this section, and the connected to the public utility (AC) fundamental emission is outside of the power line, the radio frequency voltage bands listed in paragraph (a) of this that is conducted back onto the AC section more than 99% of the time the power line on any frequency or fre- device is actively transmitting, with- quencies, within the band 150 kHz to 30 out compensation for duty cycle. MHz, shall not exceed the limits in the (2) Transmitters used to detect bur- following table, as measured using a 50 ied electronic markers at 101.4 kHz μH/50 ohms line impedance stabiliza- which are employed by telephone com- tion network (LISN). Compliance with panies. the provisions of this paragraph shall (3) Cable locating equipment oper- be based on the measurement of the ated pursuant to § 15.213. radio frequency voltage between each (4) Any equipment operated under power line and ground at the power ter- the provisions of §§ 15.253, 15.255 or minal. The lower limit applies at the 15.257. boundary between the frequency (5) Biomedical telemetry devices op- ranges. erating under the provisions of § 15.242 of this part are not subject to the re- μ Frequency of emis- Conducted limit (dB V) stricted band 608–614 MHz but are sub- sion (MHz) Quasi-peak Average ject to compliance within the other re- stricted bands. 0.15–0.5 ...... 66 to 56* ...... 56 to 46* (6) Transmitters operating under the 0.5–5 ...... 56 ...... 46 5–30 ...... 60 ...... 50 provisions of subparts D or F of this part. *Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency. (7) Devices operated pursuant to (b) The limit shown in paragraph (a) § 15.225 are exempt from complying of this section shall not apply to car- with this section for the 13.36–13.41 MHz rier current systems operating as in- band only. tentional radiators on frequencies (8) Devices operated in the 24.075– below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, these 24.175 GHz band under § 15.245 are ex- carrier current systems shall be sub- empt from complying with the require- ject to the following standards: ments of this section for the 48.15–48.35 (1) For carrier current system con- GHz and 72.225–72.525 GHz bands only, taining their fundamental emission and shall not exceed the limits speci- within the frequency band 535–1705 kHz fied in § 15.245(b). and intended to be received using a (9) Devices operated in the 24.0–24.25 standard AM broadcast receiver: no GHz band under § 15.249 are exempt limit on conducted emissions.

804

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00814 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.209

(2) For all other carrier current sys- mental emission. For intentional radi- tems: 1000 μV within the frequency ators which operate under the provi- band 535–1705 kHz, as measured using a sions of other sections within this part 50 μH/50 ohms LISN. and which are required to reduce their (3) Carrier current systems operating unwanted emissions to the limits speci- below 30 MHz are also subject to the ra- fied in this table, the limits in this diated emission limits in § 15.205, table are based on the frequency of the § 15.209, § 15.221, § 15.223, or § 15.227, as ap- unwanted emission and not the funda- propriate. mental frequency. However, the level (c) Measurements to demonstrate of any unwanted emissions shall not compliance with the conducted limits exceed the level of the fundamental are not required for devices which only frequency. employ battery power for operation (d) The emission limits shown in the and which do not operate from the AC above table are based on measurements power lines or contain provisions for employing a CISPR quasi-peak detec- operation while connected to the AC tor except for the frequency bands 9–90 power lines. Devices that include, or kHz, 110–490 kHz and above 1000 MHz. make provisions for, the use of battery Radiated emission limits in these three chargers which permit operating while bands are based on measurements em- charging, AC adapters or battery elimi- ploying an average detector. nators or that connect to the AC power (e) The provisions in §§ 15.31, 15.33, lines indirectly, obtainig their power and 15.35 for measuring emissions at through another device which is con- distances other than the distances nected to the AC power lines, shall be specified in the above table, deter- tested to demonstrate compliance with mining the frequency range over which the conducted limits. radiated emissions are to be measured, and limiting peak emissions apply to [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; all devices operated under this part. 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 45671, July 10, (f) In accordance with § 15.33(a), in 2002] some cases the emissions from an in- tentional radiator must be measured to § 15.209 Radiated emission limits; gen- beyond the tenth harmonic of the high- eral requirements. est fundamental frequency designed to (a) Except as provided elsewhere in be emitted by the intentional radiator this subpart, the emissions from an in- because of the incorporation of a dig- tentional radiator shall not exceed the ital device. If measurements above the field strength levels specified in the tenth harmonic are so required, the ra- following table: diated emissions above the tenth har- monic shall comply with the general Measure- radiated emission limits applicable to Field strength ment dis- Frequency (MHz) (microvolts/meter) tance the incorporated digital device, as (meters) shown in § 15.109 and as based on the 0.009–0.490 ...... 2400/F(kHz) 300 frequency of the emission being meas- 0.490–1.705 ...... 24000/F(kHz) 30 ured, or, except for emissions con- 1.705–30.0 ...... 30 30 tained in the restricted frequency 30–88 ...... 100 ** 3 bands shown in § 15.205, the limit on 88–216 ...... 150 ** 3 216–960 ...... 200 ** 3 spurious emissions specified for the in- Above 960 ...... 500 3 tentional radiator, whichever is the ** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emis- higher limit. Emissions which must be sions from intentional radiators operating under this section measured above the tenth harmonic of shall not be located in the frequency bands 54–72 MHz, 76– 88 MHz, 174–216 MHz or 470–806 MHz. However, operation the highest fundamental frequency de- within these frequency bands is permItted under other sec- signed to be emitted by the intentional tions of this part, e.g., §§ 15.231 and 15.241. radiator and which fall within the re- (b) In the emission table above, the stricted bands shall comply with the tighter limit applies at the band edges. general radiated emission limits in (c) The level of any unwanted emis- § 15.109 that are applicable to the incor- sions from an intentional radiator op- porated digital device. erating under these general provisions (g) Perimeter protection systems shall not exceed the level of the funda- may operate in the 54–72 MHz and 76–88

805

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00815 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.211 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

MHz bands under the provisions of this (or radio devices) and a transmitter section. The use of such perimeter pro- control element (or specific hardware tection systems is limited to indus- on which the software that controls the trial, business and commercial applica- radio operation resides). All single or tions. split modular transmitters are ap- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. proved with an antenna. All of the fol- 7, 1989; 55 FR 18340, May 2, 1990; 62 FR 58658, lowing requirements apply, except as Oct. 30, 1997] provided in paragraph (b) of this sec- tion. § 15.211 Tunnel radio systems. (1) Single modular transmitters must An intentional radiator utilized as meet the following requirements to ob- part of a tunnel radio system may op- tain a modular transmitter approval. erate on any frequency provided it (i) The radio elements of the modular meets all of the following conditions: transmitter must have their own (a) Operation of a tunnel radio sys- shielding. The physical crystal and tem (intentional radiator and all con- tuning may be located ex- necting wires) shall be contained solely ternal to the shielded radio elements. within a tunnel, mine or other struc- (ii) The modular transmitter must ture that provides attenuation to the have buffered modulation/data inputs radiated signal due to the presence of (if such inputs are provided) to ensure naturally surrounding earth and/or that the module will comply with part water. 15 requirements under conditions of ex- (b) Any intentional or unintentional cessive data rates or over-modulation. radiator external to the tunnel, mine (iii) The modular transmitter must or other structure, as described in have its own power supply regulation. paragraph (a) of this section, shall be (iv) The modular transmitter must subject to the other applicable regula- comply with the antenna and trans- tions contained within this part. mission system requirements of (c) The total §§ 15.203, 15.204(b) and 15.204(c). The an- from a tunnel radio system on any fre- tenna must either be permanently at- quency or frequencies appearing out- tached or employ a ‘‘unique’’ antenna side of the tunnel, mine or other struc- coupler (at all connections between the ture described in paragraph (a) of this module and the antenna, including the section, shall not exceed the limits cable). The ‘‘professional installation’’ shown in § 15.209 when measured at the provision of § 15.203 is not applicable to specified distance from the surrounding modules but can apply to limited mod- structure, including openings. Par- ular approvals under paragraph (b) of ticular attention shall be paid to the this section. emissions from any opening in the (v) The modular transmitter must be structure to the outside environment. tested in a stand-alone configuration, When measurements are made from the i.e., the module must not be inside an- openings, the distances shown in other device during testing for compli- § 15.209 refer to the distance from the ance with part 15 requirements. Unless plane of reference which fits the entire the transmitter module will be battery perimeter of each above ground open- powered, it must comply with the AC ing. line conducted requirements found in (d) The conducted limits in § 15.207 § 15.207. AC or DC power lines and data apply to the radiofrequency voltage on input/output lines connected to the the public utility power lines outside of module must not contain ferrites, un- the tunnel. less they will be marketed with the module (see § 15.27(a)). The length of § 15.212 Modular transmitters. these lines shall be the length typical (a) Single modular transmitters con- of actual use or, if that length is un- sist of a completely self-contained ra- known, at least 10 centimeters to in- diofrequency transmitter device that is sure that there is no coupling between typically incorporated into another the case of the module and supporting product, host or device. Split modular equipment. Any accessories, periph- transmitters consist of two compo- erals, or support equipment connected nents: a radio front end with antenna to the module during testing shall be

806

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00816 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.212

unmodified and commercially available included in the application for equip- (see § 15.31(i)). ment authorization. (vi) The modular transmitter must be (viii) The modular transmitter must equipped with either a permanently af- comply with any applicable RF expo- fixed label or must be capable of elec- sure requirements in its final configu- tronically displaying its FCC identi- ration. fication number. (2) Split modular transmitters must (A) If using a permanently affixed meet the requirements in paragraph label, the modular transmitter must be (a)(1) of this section, excluding para- labeled with its own FCC identification graphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(v), and the number, and, if the FCC identification following additional requirements to number is not visible when the module obtain a modular transmitter approval. is installed inside another device, then (i) Only the radio front end must be the outside of the device into which the shielded. The physical crystal and tun- module is installed must also display a ing capacitors may be located external label referring to the enclosed module. to the shielded radio elements. The This exterior label can use wording interface between the split sections of such as the following: ‘‘Contains Trans- the modular system must be digital mitter Module FCC ID: XYZMODEL1’’ with a minimum signaling amplitude or ‘‘Contains FCC ID: XYZMODEL1.’’ of 150 mV peak-to-peak. Any similar wording that expresses the (ii) Control information and other same meaning may be used. The Grant- data may be exchanged between the ee may either provide such a label, an transmitter control elements and radio example of which must be included in front end. the application for equipment author- (iii) The sections of a split modular ization, or, must provide adequate in- transmitter must be tested installed in structions along with the module a host device(s) similar to that which which explain this requirement. In the is representative of the platform(s) in- latter case, a copy of these instructions tended for use. must be included in the application for (iv) Manufacturers must ensure that equipment authorization. only transmitter control elements and (B) If the modular transmitter uses radio front end components that have an electronic display of the FCC identi- been approved together are capable of fication number, the information must operating together. The transmitter be readily accessible and visible on the module must not operate unless it has modular transmitter or on the device verified that the installed transmitter in which it is installed. If the module is control elements and radio front end installed inside another device, then have been authorized together. Manu- the outside of the device into which the facturers may use means including, but module is installed must display a not limited to, coding in hardware and label referring to the enclosed module. electronic signatures in software to This exterior label can use wording meet these requirements, and must de- such as the following: ‘‘Contains FCC scribe the methods in their application certified transmitter module(s).’’ Any for equipment authorization. similar wording that expresses the (b) A limited modular approval may same meaning may be used. The user be granted for single or split modular manual must include instructions on transmitters that do not comply with how to access the electronic display. A all of the above requirements, e.g., copy of these instructions must be in- shielding, minimum signaling ampli- cluded in the application for equipment tude, buffered modulation/data inputs, authorization. or power supply regulation, if the man- (vii) The modular transmitter must ufacturer can demonstrate by alter- comply with any specific rules or oper- native means in the application for ating requirements that ordinarily equipment authorization that the mod- apply to a complete transmitter and ular transmitter meets all the applica- the manufacturer must provide ade- ble part 15 requirements under the op- quate instructions along with the mod- erating conditions in which the trans- ule to explain any such requirements. mitter will be used. Limited modular A copy of these instructions must be approval also may be granted in those

807

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00817 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.213 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

instances where compliance with RF (d) Cordless telephones shall incor- exposure rules is demonstrated only for porate circuitry which makes use of a particular product configurations. The digital security code to provide protec- applicant for certification must state tion against unintentional access to how control of the end product into the public switched telephone network which the module will be installed will by the base unit and unintentional be maintained such that full compli- ringing by the handset. These func- ance of the end product is always en- tions shall operate such that each ac- sured. cess of the telephone network or ring- [72 FR 28893, May 23, 2007] ing of the handset is preceded by the transmission of a code word. Access to § 15.213 Cable locating equipment. the telephone network shall occur only if the code transmitted by the handset An intentional radiator used as cable matches code set in the base unit. locating equipment, as defined in Similarly, ringing of the handset shall § 15.3(d), may be operated on any fre- occur only if the code transmitted by quency within the band 9–490 kHz, sub- the base unit matches the code set in ject to the following limits: Within the the handset. The security code required frequency band 9 kHz, up to, but not in- by this section may also be employed cluding, 45 kHz, the peak output power to perform other communications func- from the cable locating equipment tions, such as providing telephone bill- shall not exceed 10 watts; and, within ing information. This security code the frequency band 45 kHz to 490 kHz, system is to operate in accordance the peak output power from the cable with the following provisions. locating equipment shall not exceed one watt. If provisions are made for (1) There must be provision for at connection of the cable locating equip- least 256 possible discrete digital codes. ment to the AC power lines, the con- Factory-set codes must be continu- ducted limits in § 15.207 also apply to ously varied over at least 256 possible this equipment. codes as each telephone is manufac- tured. The codes may be varied either § 15.214 Cordless telephones. randomly, sequentially, or using an- other systematic procedure. (a) For equipment authorization, a single application form, FCC Form 731, (2) Manufacturers must use one of may be filed for a cordless telephone the following approaches for facili- system, provided the application clear- tating variation in the geographic dis- ly identifies and provides data for all tribution of individual security codes: parts of the system to show compliance (i) Provide a means for the user to with the applicable technical require- readily select from among at least 256 ments. When a single application form possible discrete digital codes. The is submitted, both the base station and cordless telephone shall be either in a the portable handset must carry the non-operable mode after manufacture same FCC identifier. The application until the user selects a security code or shall include a fee for certification of the manufacturer must continuously each type of transmitter and for cer- vary the initial security code as each tification, if appropriate, for each type telephone is produced. of receiver included in the system. (ii) Provide a fixed code that is con- (b) A cordless telephone that is in- tinuously varied among at least 256 dis- tended to be connected to the public crete digital codes as each telephone is switched telephone network shall also manufactured. comply with the applicable regulations (iii) Provide a means for the cordless in part 68 of this chapter. A separate telephone to automatically select a dif- procedure for approval under part 68 is ferent code from among at least 256 required for such terminal equipment. possible discrete digital codes each (c) The label required under subpart time it is activated. A of this part shall also contain the (iv) It is permissible to provide com- following statement: ‘‘Privacy of com- binations of fixed, automatic, and user- munications may not be ensured when selectable coding provided the above using this phone.’’ criteria are met.

808

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00818 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.221

(3) A statement of the means and pro- band in order to minimize the possi- cedures used to achieve the required bility of out-of-band operation. protection shall be provided in any ap- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 plication for equipment authorization FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 67 FR 34855, May 16, of a cordless telephone. 2002; 69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004; 70 FR 6774, Feb. [56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, 1991, as amended at 63 9, 2005] FR 36603, July 7, 1998; 66 FR 7580, Jan. 24, 2001] § 15.217 Operation in the band 160–190 kHz. RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS, ADDITIONAL (a) The total input power to the final PROVISIONS radio frequency stage (exclusive of fila- ment or heater power) shall not exceed § 15.215 Additional provisions to the one watt. general radiated emission limita- (b) The total length of the trans- tions. mission line, antenna, and ground lead (a) The regulations in §§ 15.217 (if used) shall not exceed 15 meters. through 15.257 provide alternatives to (c) All emissions below 160 kHz or the general radiated emission limits above 190 kHz shall be attenuated at for intentional radiators operating in least 20 dB below the level of the specified frequency bands. Unless oth- unmodulated carrier. Determination of erwise stated, there are no restrictions compliance with the 20 dB attenuation as to the types of operation permitted specification may be based on measure- under these sections. ments at the intentional radiator’s an- (b) In most cases, unwanted emis- tenna output terminal unless the in- sions outside of the frequency bands tentional radiator uses a permanently shown in these alternative provisions attached antenna, in which case com- must be attenuated to the emission pliance shall be demonstrated by meas- limits shown in § 15.209. In no case shall uring the radiated emissions. the level of the unwanted emissions from an intentional radiator operating § 15.219 Operation in the band 510– under these additional provisions ex- 1705 kHz. ceed the field strength of the funda- (a) The total input power to the final mental emission. radio frequency stage (exclusive of fila- (c) Intentional radiators operating ment or heater power) shall not exceed under the alternative provisions to the 100 milliwatts. general emission limits, as contained (b) The total length of the trans- in §§ 15.217 through 15.257 and in Sub- mission line, antenna and ground lead part E of this part, must be designed to (if used) shall not exceed 3 meters. ensure that the 20 dB bandwidth of the (c) All emissions below 510 kHz or emission, or whatever bandwidth may above 1705 kHz shall be attenuated at otherwise be specified in the specific least 20 dB below the level of the rule section under which the equip- unmodulated carrier. Determination of ment operates, is contained within the compliance with the 20 dB attenuation frequency band designated in the rule specification may be based on measure- section under which the equipment is ments at the intentional radiator’s an- operated. The requirement to contain tenna output terminal unless the in- the designated bandwidth of the emis- tentional radiator uses a permanently sion within the specified frequency attached antenna, in which case com- band includes the effects from fre- pliance shall be deomonstrated by quency sweeping, frequency hopping measuring the radiated emissions. and other modulation techniques that may be employed as well as the fre- § 15.221 Operation in the band 525– quency stability of the transmitter 1705 kHz. over expected variations in tempera- (a) Carrier current systems and ture and supply voltage. If a frequency transmitters employing a leaky co- stability is not specified in the regula- axial cable as the radiating antenna tions, it is recommended that the fun- may operate in the band 525–1705 kHz damental emission be kept within at provided the field strength levels of the least the central 80% of the permitted radiated emissions do not exceed 15 uV/

809

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00819 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.223 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

m, as measured at a distance of 47,715/ (d) For the band 535–1705 kHz, the fre- (frequency in kHz) meters (equivalent quency of operation shall be chosen to Lambda/2Pi) from the electric power such that operation is not within the line or the coaxial cable, respectively. protected field strength contours of li- The field strength levels of emissions censed AM stations. outside this band shall not exceed the [56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991] general radiated emission limits in § 15.209. § 15.223 Operation in the band 1.705–10 (b) As an alternative to the provi- MHz. sions in paragraph (a) of this section, (a) The field strength of any emission intentional radiators used for the oper- within the band 1.705–10.0 MHz shall ation of an AM broadcast station on a not exceed 100 microvolts/meter at a college or university campus or on the distance of 30 meters. However, if the campus of any other education institu- bandwidth of the emission is less than tion may comply with the following: 10% of the center frequency, the field (1) On the campus, the field strength strength shall not exceed 15 microvolts/ of emissions appearing outside of this meter or (the bandwidth of the device frequency band shall not exceed the in kHz) divided by (the center fre- general radiated emission limits shown quency of the device in MHz) in § 15.209 as measured from the radi- microvolts/meter at a distance of 30 ating source. There is no limit on the meters, whichever is the higher level. field strength of emissions appearing For the purposes of this section, band- within this frequency band, except that width is determined at the points 6 dB the provisions of § 15.5 continue to com- down from the modulated carrier. The ply. emission limits in this paragraph are (2) At the perimeter of the campus, based on measurement instrumenta- the field strength of any emissions, in- tion employing an average detector. cluding those within the frequency The provisions in § 15.35(b) for limiting band 525–1705 kHz, shall not exceed the peak emissions apply. general radiated emission in § 15.209. (b) The field strength of emissions outside of the band 1.705–10.0 MHz shall (3) The conducted limits specified in not exceed the general radiated emis- § 15.207 apply to the radio frequency sion limits in § 15.209. voltage on the public utility power lines outside of the campus. Due to the § 15.225 Operation within the band large number of radio frequency de- 13.110–14.010 MHz. vices which may be used on the cam- (a) The field strength of any emis- pus, contributing to the conducted sions within the band 13.553–13.567 MHz emissions, as an alternative to meas- shall not exceed 15,848 microvolts/ uring conducted emissions outside of meter at 30 meters. the campus, it is acceptable to dem- (b) Within the bands 13.410–13.553 MHz onstrate compliance with this provi- and 13.567–13.710 MHz, the field strength sion by measuring each individual in- of any emissions shall not exceed 334 tentional radiator employed in the sys- microvolts/meter at 30 meters. tem at the point where it connects to (c) Within the bands 13.110–13.410 MHz the AC power lines. and 13.710–14.010 MHz the field strength (c) A grant of equipment authoriza- of any emissions shall not exceed 106 tion is not required for intentional ra- microvolts/meter at 30 meters. diators operated under the provisions (d) The field strength of any emis- of this section. In lieu thereof, the in- sions appearing outside of the 13.110– tentional radiator shall be verified for 14.010 MHz band shall not exceed the compliance with the regulations in ac- general radiated emission limits in cordance with subpart J of part 2 of § 15.209. this chapter. This data shall be kept on (e) The frequency tolerance of the file at the location of the studio, office carrier signal shall be maintained or control room associated with the within ±0.01% of the operating fre- transmitting equipment. In some cases, quency over a temperature variation of this may correspond to the location of ¥20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal the transmitting equipment. supply voltage, and for a variation in

810

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00820 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.231

the primary supply voltage from 85% within ±0.01% of the operating fre- to 115% of the rated supply voltage at quency over a temperature variation of a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- ¥20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal tery operated equipment, the equip- supply voltage, and for a variation in ment tests shall be performed using a the primary supply voltage from 85% new battery. to 115% of the rated supply voltage at (f) In the case of radio frequency pow- a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- ered tags designed to operate with a de- tery operated equipment, the equip- vice authorized under this section, the ment tests shall be performed using a tag may be approved with the device or new battery. be considered as a separate device sub- ject to its own authorization. Powered [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 tags approved with a device under a FR 33910, Aug. 20, 1990] single application shall be labeled with § 15.231 Periodic operation in the band the same identification number as the 40.66–40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz. device. (a) The provisions of this section are [68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003] restricted to periodic operation within § 15.227 Operation within the band the band 40.66–40.70 MHz and above 70 26.96–27.28 MHz. MHz. Except as shown in paragraph (e) of this section, the intentional radiator (a) The field strength of any emission is restricted to the transmission of a within this band shall not exceed 10,000 control signal such as those used with microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The alarm systems, door openers, remote emission limit in this paragraph is switches, etc. Continuous trans- based on measurement instrumenta- missions, voice, video and the radio tion employing an average detector. control of toys are not permitted. Data The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting is permitted to be sent with a control peak emissions apply. signal. The following conditions shall (b) The field strength of any emis- be met to comply with the provisions sions which appear outside of this band for this periodic operation: shall not exceed the general radiated emission limits in § 15.209. (1) A manually operated transmitter shall employ a switch that will auto- § 15.229 Operation within the band matically deactivate the transmitter 40.66–40.70 MHz. within not more than 5 seconds of (a) Unless operating pursuant to the being released. provisions in § 15.231, the field strength (2) A transmitter activated automati- of any emissions within this band shall cally shall cease transmission within 5 not exceed 1,000 microvolts/meter at 3 seconds after activation. meters. (3) Periodic transmissions at regular (b) As an alternative to the limit in predetermined intervals are not per- paragraph (a) of this section, perimeter mitted. However, polling or supervision protection systems may demonstrate transmissions, including data, to deter- compliance with the following: the mine system integrity of transmitters field strength of any emissions within used in security or safety applications this band shall not exceed 500 are allowed if the total duration of microvolts/meter at 3 meters, as deter- transmissions does not exceed more mined using measurement instrumen- than two seconds per hour for each tations employing an average detector. transmitter. There is no limit on the The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting number of individual transmissions, peak emissions apply where compli- provided the total transmission time ance of these devices is demonstrated does not exceed two seconds per hour. under this alternative emission limit. (4) Intentional radiators which are (c) The field strength of any emis- employed for radio control purposes sions appearing outside of this band during emergencies involving fire, se- shall not exceed the general radiated curity, and safety of life, when acti- emission limits in § 15.209. vated to signal an alarm, may operate (d) The frequency tolerance of the during the pendency of the alarm con- carrier signal shall be maintained dition

811

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00821 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.231 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(5) Transmission of set-up informa- CISPR quasi-peak) limits shown in this tion for security systems may exceed table or to the general limits shown in the transmission duration limits in § 15.209, whichever limit permits a high- paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this sec- er field strength. tion, provided such transmissions are (c) The bandwidth of the emission under the control of a professional in- shall be no wider than 0.25% of the cen- staller and do not exceed ten seconds ter frequency for devices operating after a manually operated switch is re- above 70 MHz and below 900 MHz. For leased or a transmitter is activated devices operating above 900 MHz, the automatically. Such set-up informa- emission shall be no wider than 0.5% of tion may include data. the center frequency. Bandwidth is de- (b) In addition to the provisions of termined at the points 20 dB down from § 15.205, the field strength of emissions the modulated carrier. from intentional radiators operated (d) For devices operating within the under this section shall not exceed the frequency band 40.66–40.70 MHz, the following: bandwidth of the emission shall be con- fined within the band edges and the fre- Funda- mental fre- Field strength of funda- Field strength of quency tolerance of the carrier shall be mental (microvolts/ spurious emissions ± quency meter) (microvolts/meter) 0.01%. This frequency tolerance shall (MHz) be maintained for a temperature vari- 40.66– 2,250 ...... 225 ation of ¥20 degrees to +50 degrees C at 40.70. normal supply voltage, and for a vari- 70–130 ...... 1,250 ...... 125 ation in the primary supply voltage 130–174 .... 1 1,250 to 3,750 ...... 1 125 to 375 174–260 .... 3,750 ...... 375 from 85% to 115% of the rated supply 260–470 .... 1 3,750 to 12,500 ...... 1 375 to 1,250 voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees Above 470 12,500 ...... 1,250 C. For battery operated equipment, the 1 Linear interpolations. equipment tests shall be performed (1) The above field strength limits using a new battery. are specified at a distance of 3 meters. (e) Intentional radiators may operate The tighter limits apply at the band at a periodic rate exceeding that speci- edges. fied in paragraph (a) of this section and (2) Intentional radiators operating may be employed for any type of oper- under the provisions of this section ation, including operation prohibited shall demonstrate compliance with the in paragraph (a) of this section, pro- limits on the field strength of emis- vided the intentional radiator complies sions, as shown in the above table, with the provisions of paragraphs (b) based on the average value of the meas- through (d) of this section, except the ured emissions. As an alternative, com- field strength table in paragraph (b) of pliance with the limits in the above this section is replaced by the fol- table may be based on the use of meas- lowing: urement instrumentation with a Funda- CISPR quasi-peak detector. The spe- mental fre- Field strength of fun- Field strength of spu- quency damental (microvolts/ rious emission cific method of measurement employed (MHz) meter) (microvolts/meter) shall be specified in the application for equipment authorization. If average 40.66– 1,000 ...... 100 40.70. emission measurements are employed, 70–130 ...... 500 ...... 50 the provisions in § 15.35 for averaging 130–174 .... 500 to 1,500 1 ...... 50 to 150 1 pulsed emissions and for limiting peak 174–260 .... 1,500 ...... 150 260–470 .... 1,500 to 5,000 1 ...... 150 to 500 1 emissions apply. Further, compliance Above 470 5,000 ...... 500 with the provisions of § 15.205 shall be 1 Linear interpolations. demonstrated using the measurement instrumentation specified in that sec- In addition, devices operated under the tion. provisions of this paragraph shall be (3) The limits on the field strength of provided with a means for automati- the spurious emissions in the above cally limiting operation so that the du- table are based on the fundamental fre- ration of each transmission shall not quency of the intentional radiator. be greater than one second and the si- Spurious emissions shall be attenuated lent period between transmissions shall to the average (or, alternatively, be at least 30 times the duration of the

812

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00822 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.233

transmission but in no case less than 10 Channel Base trans- Handset trans- seconds. mitter (MHz) mitter (MHz) [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7 ...... 44.120 49.100 7, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 8 ...... 44.160 49.160 2003; 69 FR 71383, Dec. 9, 2004] 9 ...... 44.180 49.200 10 ...... 44.200 49.240 11 ...... 44.320 49.280 § 15.233 Operation within the bands 12 ...... 44.360 49.360 43.71–44.49 MHz, 46.60–46.98 MHz, 13 ...... 44.400 49.400 48.75–49.51 MHz and 49.66–50.0 14 ...... 44.460 49.460 MHz. 15 ...... 44.480 49.500 16 ...... 46.610 49.670 (a) The provisions shown in this sec- 17 ...... 46.630 49.845 tion are restricted to cordless tele- 18 ...... 46.670 49.860 phones. 19 ...... 46.710 49.770 20 ...... 46.730 49.875 (b) An intentional radiator used as 21 ...... 46.770 49.830 part of a cordless telephone system 22 ...... 46.830 49.890 shall operate centered on one or more 23 ...... 46.870 49.930 of the following frequency pairs, sub- 24 ...... 46.930 49.990 25 ...... 46.970 49.970 ject to the following conditions: (1) Frequencies shall be paired as (c) The field strength of the funda- shown below, except that channel pair- mental emission shall not exceed 10,000 ing for channels one through fifteen microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The may be accomplished by pairing any of emission limit in this paragraph is the fifteen base transmitter fre- based on measurement instrumenta- quencies with any of the fifteen tion employing an average detector. handset transmitter frequencies. The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting (2) Cordless telephones operating on peak emissions apply. channels one through fifteen must: (d) The fundamental emission shall (i) Incorporate an automatic channel be confined within a 20 kHz band and selection mechanism that will prevent shall be centered on a carrier frequency establishment of a link on any occu- shown above, as adjusted by the fre- pied frequency; and quency tolerance of the transmitter at (ii) The box or an instruction manual the time testing is performed. Modula- which is included within the box which tion products outside of this 20 kHz the individual cordless telephone is to band shall be attenuated at least 26 dB be marketed shall contain information below the level of the unmodulated indicating that some cordless tele- carrier or to the general limits in phones operate at frequencies that may § 15.209, whichever permits the higher cause interference to nearby TVs and emission levels. Emissions on any fre- VCRs; to minimize or prevent such in- quency more than 20 kHz removed from terference, the base of the cordless the center frequency shall consist sole- telephone should not be placed near or ly of unwanted emissions and shall not on top of a TV or VCR; and, if inter- exceed the general radiated emission ference is experienced, moving the limits in § 15.209. Tests to determine cordless telephone farther away from compliance with these requirements the TV or VCR will often reduce or shall be performed using an appro- eliminate the interference. A state- priate input signal as prescribed in ment describing the means and proce- § 2.989 of this chapter. dures used to achieve automatic chan- (e) All emissions exceeding 20 nel selection shall be provided in any microvolts/meter at 3 meters are to be application for equipment authoriza- reported in the application for certifi- tion of a cordless telephone operating cation. on channels one through fifteen. (f) If the device provides for the con- nection of external accessories, includ- Channel Base trans- Handset trans- mitter (MHz) mitter (MHz) ing external electrical input signals, 1 ...... 43.720 48.760 the device must be tested with the ac- 2 ...... 43.740 48.840 cessories attached. The emission tests 3 ...... 43.820 48.860 shall be performed with the device and 4 ...... 43.840 48.920 5 ...... 43.920 49.020 accessories configured in a manner 6 ...... 43.960 49.080 which tends to produce the maximum

813

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00823 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.235 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

level of emissions within the range of unmodulated carrier or to the general variations that can be expected under limits in § 15.209, whichever permits the normal operating conditions. higher emission levels. The field (g) The frequency tolerance of the strength of any emissions removed by carrier signal shall be maintained more than 10 kHz from the band edges within ±0.01% of the operating fre- shall not exceed the general radiated quency. The tolerance shall be main- emission limits in § 15.209. All signals tained for a temperature variation of exceeding 20 microvolts/meter at 3 me- ¥20 degrees C to +50 degrees C at nor- ters shall be reported in the applica- mal supply voltage, and for variation tion for certification. in the primary voltage from 85% to (c) For a home-built intentional radi- 115% of the rated supply voltage at a ator, as defined in § 15.23(a), operating temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- within the band 49.82–49.90 MHz, the tery operated equipment, the equip- following standards may be employed: ment tests shall be performed using a (1) The RF carrier and modulation new battery. products shall be maintained within (h) For cordless telephones that do the band 49.82–49.90 MHz. not comply with § 15.214(d) of this part, (2) The total input power to the de- the box or other package in which the vice measured at the battery or the individual cordless telephone is to be power line terminals shall not exceed marketed shall carry a statement in a 100 milliwatts under any condition of prominent location, visible to the modulation. buyer before purchase, which reads as (3) The antenna shall be a single ele- follows: ment, one meter or less in length, per-

NOTICE: The base units of some cordless manently mounted on the enclosure telephones may respond to other nearby containing the device. units or to resulting in telephone (4) Emissions outside of this band calls being dialed through this unit without shall be attenuated at least 20 dB below your knowledge and possibly calls being the level of the unmodulated carrier. misbilled. In order to protect against such (5) The regulations contained in occurrences, this cordless telephone is pro- § 15.23 of this part apply to intentional vided with the following features: (to be radiators constructed under the provi- completed by the responsible party). sions of this paragraph. An application for certification of a (d) Cordless telephones are not per- cordless telephone shall specify the mitted to operate under the provisions complete text of the statement that of this section. will be carried on the package and indi- cate where, specifically, it will be lo- § 15.237 Operation in the bands 72.0– cated on the carton. 73.0 MHz, 74.6–74.8 MHz and 75.2– 76.0 MHz. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, (a) The intentional radiator shall be 1991; 56 FR 5659, Feb. 12, 1991; 60 FR 21985, restricted to use as an auditory assist- May 4, 1995] ance device. (b) Emissions from the intentional § 15.235 Operation within the band radiator shall be confined within a 49.82–49.90 MHz. band 200 kHz wide centered on the op- (a) The field strength of any emission erating frequency. The 200 kHz band within this band shall not exceed 10,000 shall lie wholly within the above speci- microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The fied frequency ranges. emission limit in this paragraph is (c) The field strength of any emis- based on measurement instrumenta- sions within the permitted 200 kHz tion employing an average detector. band shall not exceed 80 millivolts/ The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting meter at 3 meters. The field strength of peak emissions apply. any emissions radiated on any fre- (b) The field strength of any emis- quency outside of the specified 200 kHz sions appearing between the band edges band shall not exceed 1500 microvolts/ and up to 10 kHz above and below the meter at 3 meters. The emission limits band edges shall be attenuated at least in this paragraph are based on meas- 26 dB below the level of the urement instrumentation employing

814

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00824 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.240

an average detector. The provisions in be limited to commercial and indus- § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions trial areas such as ports, rail terminals apply. and warehouses. Two-way operation is [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 permitted to interrogate and to load FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992] data into devices. Devices operated pursuant to the provisions of this sec- § 15.239 Operation in the band 88–108 tion shall not be used for voice commu- MHz. nications. (a) Emissions from the intentional (b) The field strength of any emis- radiator shall be confined within a sions radiated within the specified fre- band 200 kHz wide centered on the op- quency band shall not exceed 11,000 erating frequency. The 200 kHz band microvolts per meter measured at a shall lie wholly within the frequency distance of 3 meters. The emission range of 88–108 MHz. limit in this paragraph is based on (b) The field strength of any emis- measurement instrumentation employ- sions within the permitted 200 kHz ing an average detector. The peak level band shall not exceed 250 microvolts/ of any emissions within the specified meter at 3 meters. The emission limit frequency band shall not exceed 55,000 in this paragraph is based on measure- microvolts per meter measured at a ment instrumentation employing an distance of 3 meters. Additionally, de- average detector. The provisions in vices authorized under these provisions § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions shall be provided with a means for apply. automatically limiting operation so (c) The field strength of any emis- that the duration of each transmission sions radiated on any frequency out- shall not be greater than 60 seconds side of the specified 200 kHz band shall and be only permitted to reinitiate an not exceed the general radiated emis- interrogation in the case of a trans- sion limits in § 15.209. mission error. Absent such a trans- (d) A custom built telemetry inten- mission error, the silent period be- tional radiator operating in the fre- tween transmissions shall not be less quency band 88–108 MHz and used for than 10 seconds. experimentation by an educational in- (c) The field strength of emissions ra- stitute need not be certified provided diated on any frequency outside of the the device complies with the standards specified band shall not exceed the gen- in this part and the educational insti- eral radiated emission limits in § 15.209. tution notifies the Engineer in Charge (d) In the case of radio frequency of the local FCC office, in writing, in powered tags designed to operate with advance of operation, providing the fol- a device authorized under this section, lowing information: the tag may be approved with the de- (1) The dates and places where the de- vice or be considered as a separate de- vice will be operated; vice subject to its own authorization. (2) The purpose for which the device Powered tags approved with a device will be used; under a single application shall be la- (3) A description of the device, in- beled with the same identification cluding the operating frequency, RF number as the device. power output, and antenna; and, (e) To prevent interference to Fed- (4) A statement that the device com- eral Government radar systems, oper- plies with the technical provisions of ation under the provisions of this sec- this part. tion is not permitted within 40 kilo- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. meters of the following locations: 7, 1989] DoD Radar Site Latitude Longitude

§ 15.240 Operation in the band 433.5– Beale Air Force Base ...... 39°08′10″ N 121°21′04″ W 434.5 MHz. Cape Cod Air Force Station 41°45′07″ N 070°32′17″ W Clear Air Force Station ...... 64°55′16″ N 143°05′02″ W (a) Operation under the provisions of Cavalier Air Force Station .. 48°43′12″ N 097°54′00″ W this section is restricted to devices Eglin Air Force Base ...... 30°43′12″ N 086°12′36″ W that use radio frequency energy to identify the contents of commercial (f) As a condition of the grant, the shipping containers. Operations must grantee of an equipment authorization

815

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00825 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.241 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

for a device operating under the provi- § 15.242 Operation in the bands 174– sions of this section shall provide infor- 216 MHz and 470–668 MHz. mation to the user concerning compli- (a) The marketing and operation of ance with the operational restrictions intentional radiators under the provi- in paragraphs (a) and (e) of this sec- sions of this section is restricted to tion. As a further condition, the grant- biomedical telemetry devices employed ee shall provide information on the lo- solely on the premises of health care cations where the devices are installed facilities. to the FCC Office of Engineering and (1) A health care facility includes Technology, which shall provide this hospitals and other establishments information to the Federal Govern- that offer services, facilities, and beds ment through the National Tele- for use beyond 24 hours in rendering communications and Information Ad- medical treatment and institutions and ministration. The user of the device organizations regularly engaged in pro- shall be responsible for submitting up- viding medical services through clin- dated information in the event the op- ics, public health facilities, and similar erating location or other information establishments, including govern- changes after the initial registration. mental entities and agencies for their The grantee shall notify the user of own medical activities. this requirement. The information pro- (2) This authority to operate does not vided by the grantee or user to the extend to mobile vehicles, such as am- Commission shall include the name, bulances, even if those vehicles are as- address, telephone number and e-mail sociated with a health care facility. address of the user, the address and ge- (b) The fundamental emissions from ographic coordinates of the operating a biomedical telemetry device oper- location, and the FCC identification ating under the provisions of this sec- number of the device. The material tion shall be contained within a single shall be submitted to the following ad- television broadcast channel, as de- dress: fined in part 73 of this chapter, under Experimental Licensing Branch, all conditions of operation and shall lie OET, Federal Communications Com- wholly within the frequency ranges of mission, 445 12th Street, SW., Wash- 174–216 MHz and 470–668 MHz. ington, DC 20554, ATTN: RFID Reg- (c) The field strength of the funda- istration. mental emissions shall not exceed 200 mV/m, as measured at a distance of 3 [69 FR 29464, May 24, 2004] meters using a quasi-peak detector. Manufacturers should note that a § 15.241 Operation in the band 174–216 MHz. quasi-peak detector function indicates field strength per 120 kHz of bandwidth (a) Operation under the provisions of ±20 kHz. Accordingly, the total signal this section is restricted to biomedical level over the band of operation may be telemetry devices. higher than 200 mV/m. The field (b) Emissions from the device shall strength of emissions radiated on any be confined within a 200 kHz band frequency outside of the television which shall lie wholly within the fre- broadcast channel within which the quency range of 174–216 MHz. fundamental is contained shall not ex- (c) The field strength of any emis- ceed the general limits in § 15.209. sions radiated within the specified 200 (d) The user and the installer of a kHz band shall not exceed 1500 biomedical telemetry device operating microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The field within the frequency range 174–216 strength of emissions radiated on any MHz, 470–608 MHz or 614–668 MHz shall frequency outside of the specified 200 ensure that the following minimum kHz band shall not exceed 150 separation distances are maintained microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The between the biomedical telemetry de- emission limits in this paragraph are vice and the authorized radio services based on measurement instrumenta- operating on the same frequencies: tion employing an average detector. (1) At least 10.3 km outside of the The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting Grade B field strength contour (56 peak emissions apply. dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or

816

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00826 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.243

an associated TV booster station oper- resolving any interference that occurs ating within the band 174–216 MHz. subsequent to the installation of these (2) At least 5.5 km outside of the devices. Grade B field strength contour (64 (g) The manufacturers, installers, dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or and users of biomedical telemetry de- an associated TV booster station oper- vices are reminded that they must en- ating within the bands 470–608 MHz or sure that biomedical telemetry trans- 614–668 MHz. mitters operating under the provisions (3) At least 5.1 km outside of the 68 of this section avoid operating in close dBuV/m field strength contour of a low proximity to authorized services using power TV or a TV translator station this spectrum. Sufficient separation operating within the band 174–216 MHz. distance, necessary to avoid causing or (4) At least 3.1 km outside of the 74 receiving harmful interference, must dBuV/m field strength contour of a low be maintained from co-channel oper- power TV or a TV translator station ations. These parties are reminded that operating within the bands 470–608 MHz the frequencies of the authorized serv- or 614–668 MHz. ices are subject to change, especially (5) Whatever distance is necessary to during the implementation of the dig- protect other authorized users within ital television services. The operating these bands. frequencies of the part 15 devices may (e) The user and the installer of a need to be changed, as necessary and in biomedical telemetry device operating accordance with the permissive change within the frequency range 608–614 MHz requirements of this chapter, to accom- and that will be located within 32 km modate changes in the operating fre- of the very long baseline array (VLBA) quencies of the authorized services. stations or within 80 km of any of the (h) The manufacturers, installers and other users of biomedical telemetry devices noted in footnote US 311 of Section are cautioned that the operation of 2.106 of this chapter must coordinate this equipment could result in harmful with, and obtain the written concur- interference to other nearby medical rence of, the director of the affected devices. radio astronomy before [62 FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997] the equipment can be installed or oper- ated. The National Science Foundation § 15.243 Operation in the band 890–940 point of contact for coordination is: MHz. Spectrum Manager, Division of Astro- (a) Operation under the provisions of nomical Sciences, NSF Rm 1045, 4201 this section is restricted to devices Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22230; tel: that use radio frequency energy to (703) 306–1823. measure the characteristics of a mate- (f) Biomedical telemetry devices rial. Devices operated pursuant to the must not cause harmful interference to provisions of this section shall not be licensed TV broadcast stations or to used for voice communications or the other authorized radio services, such as transmission of any other type of mes- operations on the broadcast fre- sage. quencies under subparts G and H of (b) The field strength of any emis- part 74 of this chapter, land mobile sta- sions radiated within the specified fre- tions operating under part 90 of this quency band shall not exceed 500 chapter in the 470–512 MHz band, and microvolts/meter at 30 meters. The radio astronomy operation in the 608– emission limit in this paragraph is 614 MHz band. (See § 15.5.) If harmful in- based on measurement instrumenta- terference occurs, the interference tion employing an average detector. must either be corrected or the device The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting must immediately cease operation on peak emissions apply. the occupied frequency. Further, the (c) The field strength of emissions ra- operator of the biomedical telemetry diated on any frequency outside of the device must accept whatever level of specified band shall not exceed the gen- interference is received from other eral radiated emission limits in § 15.209. radio operations. The operator, i.e., the (d) The device shall be self-contained health care facility, is responsible for with no external or readily accessible

817

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00827 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.245 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

controls which may be adjusted to per- tended primarily for use indoors or for mit operation in a manner inconsistent very specialized operations, or railroad with the provisions in this section. Any locomotives, railroad cars and other antenna that may be used with the de- equipment which travels on fixed vice shall be permanently attached tracks is permitted. A field disturbance thereto and shall not be readily modifi- sensor will be considered not to be op- able by the user. erating in a continuous mode if its op- eration is limited to specific activities § 15.245 Operation within the bands 902–928 MHz, 2435–2465 MHz, 5785– of limited duration (e.g., putting a ve- 5815 MHz, 10500–10550 MHz, and hicle into reverse gear, activating a 24075–24175 MHz. turn signal, etc.). (a) Operation under the provisions of (2) Field strength limits are specified this section is limited to intentional at a distance of 3 meters. radiators used as field disturbance sen- (3) Emissions radiated outside of the sors, excluding perimeter protection specified frequency bands, except for systems. harmonics, shall be attenuated by at (b) The field strength of emissions least 50 dB below the level of the funda- from intentional radiators operated mental or to the general radiated emis- within these frequency bands shall sion limits in § 15.209, whichever is the comply with the following: lesser attenuation.

Field Field (4) The emission limits shown above strength of strength of are based on measurement instrumen- Fundamental frequency (MHz) fundamental harmonics (millivolts/ (millivolts/ tation employing an average detector. meter) meter) The provisions in § 15.35 for limiting 902–928 ...... 500 1.6 peak emissions apply. 2435–2465 ...... 500 1.6 5785–5815 ...... 500 1.6 [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 10500–10550 ...... 2500 25.0 FR 46792, Nov. 7, 1990; 61 FR 42558, Aug. 16, 24075–24175 ...... 2500 25.0 1996; 68 FR 68547, Dec. 9, 2003]

(1) Regardless of the limits shown in § 15.247 Operation within the bands the above table, harmonic emissions in 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and the restricted bands below 17.7 GHz, as 5725–5850 MHz. specified in § 15.205, shall not exceed the (a) Operation under the provisions of field strength limits shown in § 15.209. this Section is limited to frequency Harmonic emissions in the restricted hopping and digitally modulated inten- bands at and above 17.7 GHz shall not tional radiators that comply with the exceed the following field strength lim- following provisions: its: (i) For the second and third (1) Frequency hopping systems shall harmonics of field disturbance sensors have hopping channel carrier fre- operating in the 24075–24175 MHz band quencies separated by a minimum of 25 and for other field disturbance sensors kHz or the 20 dB bandwidth of the hop- designed for use only within a building ping channel, whichever is greater. Al- or to open building doors, 25.0 mV/m. ternatively, frequency hopping systems (ii) For all other field disturbance operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band sensors, 7.5 mV/m. may have hopping channel carrier fre- (iii) Field disturbance sensors de- quencies that are separated by 25 kHz signed to be used in motor vehicles or or two-thirds of the 20 dB bandwidth of aircraft must include features to pre- the hopping channel, whichever is vent continuous operation unless their greater, provided the systems operate emissions in the restricted bands, other with an output power no greater than than the second and third harmonics 125 mW. The system shall hop to chan- from devices operating in the 24075– nel frequencies that are selected at the 24175 MHz band, fully comply with the system hopping rate from a pseudo ran- limits given in § 15.209. Continuous op- domly ordered list of hopping fre- eration of field disturbance sensors de- quencies. Each frequency must be used signed to be used in farm equipment, equally on the average by each trans- vehicles such as fork lifts that are in- mitter. The system receivers shall have

818

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00828 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.247

input bandwidths that match the hop- (2) For frequency hopping systems ping channel bandwidths of their cor- operating in the 902–928 MHz band: 1 responding transmitters and shall shift watt for systems employing at least 50 frequencies in synchronization with hopping channels; and, 0.25 watts for the transmitted signals. systems employing less than 50 hop- (i) For frequency hopping systems op- ping channels, but at least 25 hopping erating in the 902–928 MHz band: if the channels, as permitted under para- 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel graph (a)(1)(i) of this section. is less than 250 kHz, the system shall (3) For systems using digital modula- use at least 50 hopping frequencies and tion in the 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 the average time of occupancy on any MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz bands: 1 Watt. frequency shall not be greater than 0.4 As an alternative to a peak power seconds within a 20 second period; if measurement, compliance with the one the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping Watt limit can be based on a measure- channel is 250 kHz or greater, the sys- ment of the maximum conducted out- tem shall use at least 25 hopping fre- put power. Maximum Conducted Out- quencies and the average time of occu- put Power is defined as the total trans- pancy on any frequency shall not be mit power delivered to all antennas greater than 0.4 seconds within a 10 and antenna elements averaged across second period. The maximum allowed all symbols in the signaling alphabet 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel when the transmitter is operating at is 500 kHz. its maximum power control level. (ii) Frequency hopping systems oper- Power must be summed across all an- ating in the 5725–5850 MHz band shall tennas and antenna elements. The av- use at least 75 hopping frequencies. The erage must not include any time inter- maximum 20 dB bandwidth of the hop- vals during which the transmitter is off ping channel is 1 MHz. The average or is transmitting at a reduced power time of occupancy on any frequency level. If multiple modes of operation shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds are possible (e.g., alternative modula- within a 30 second period. tion methods), the maximum conducted (iii) Frequency hopping systems in output power is the highest total trans- the 2400–2483.5 MHz band shall use at mit power occurring in any mode. least 15 channels. The average time of occupancy on any channel shall not be (4) The conducted output power limit greater than 0.4 seconds within a pe- specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- riod of 0.4 seconds multiplied by the tion is based on the use of antennas number of hopping channels employed. with directional gains that do not ex- Frequency hopping systems may avoid ceed 6 dBi. Except as shown in para- or suppress transmissions on a par- graph (c) of this section, if transmit- ticular hopping frequency provided ting antennas of directional gain great- that a minimum of 15 channels are er than 6 dBi are used, the conducted used. output power from the intentional ra- (2) Systems using digital modulation diator shall be reduced below the stat- techniques may operate in the 902–928 ed values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, and 5725–5850 and (b)(3) of this section, as appro- MHz bands. The minimum 6 dB band- priate, by the amount in dB that the width shall be at least 500 kHz. directional gain of the antenna exceeds (b) The maximum peak conducted 6 dBi. output power of the intentional radi- (i) Systems operating in the 2400– ator shall not exceed the following: 2483.5 MHz band that are used exclu- (1) For frequency hopping systems sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band ations may employ transmitting an- employing at least 75 non-overlapping tennas with directional gain greater hopping channels, and all frequency than 6 dBi provided the maximum peak hopping systems in the 5725–5850 MHz output power of the intentional radi- band: 1 watt. For all other frequency ator is reduced by 1 dB for every 3 dB hopping systems in the 2400–2483.5 MHz that the directional gain of the an- band: 0.125 watts. tenna exceeds 6 dBi.

819

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00829 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.247 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(ii) Systems operating in the 5725– is used exclusively for fixed, point-to- 5850 MHz band that are used exclu- point operations. The instruction man- sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- ual furnished with the intentional radi- ations may employ transmitting an- ator shall contain language in the in- tennas with directional gain greater stallation instructions informing the than 6 dBi without any corresponding operator and the installer of this re- reduction in transmitter peak output sponsibility. power. (2) In addition to the provisions in (iii) Fixed, point-to-point operation, paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3), (b)(4) and as used in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (c)(1)(i) of this section, transmitters (b)(3)(ii) of this section, excludes the operating in the 2400–2483.5 MHz band use of point-to-multipoint systems, that emit multiple directional beams, omnidirectional applications, and mul- simultaneously or sequentially, for the tiple co-located intentional radiators purpose of directing signals to indi- transmitting the same information. vidual receivers or to groups of receiv- The operator of the spread spectrum ers provided the emissions comply with intentional radiator or, if the equip- the following: ment is professionally installed, the in- (i) Different information must be staller is responsible for ensuring that transmitted to each receiver. the system is used exclusively for (ii) If the transmitter employs an an- fixed, point-to-point operations. The tenna system that emits multiple di- instruction manual furnished with the rectional beams but does not do emit intentional radiator shall contain lan- multiple directional beams simulta- guage in the installation instructions neously, the total output power con- informing the operator and the in- ducted to the array or arrays that com- staller of this responsibility. prise the device, i.e., the sum of the (c) Operation with directional an- power supplied to all antennas, an- tenna gains greater than 6 dBi. tenna elements, staves, etc. and (1) Fixed point-to-point operation: summed across all carriers or fre- (i) Systems operating in the 2400– quency channels, shall not exceed the 2483.5 MHz band that are used exclu- limit specified in paragraph (b)(1) or sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- (b)(3) of this section, as applicable. ations may employ transmitting an- However, the total conducted output tennas with directional gain greater power shall be reduced by 1 dB below than 6 dBi provided the maximum con- the specified limits for each 3 dB that ducted output power of the intentional the directional gain of the antenna/an- radiator is reduced by 1 dB for every 3 tenna array exceeds 6 dBi. The direc- dB that the directional gain of the an- tional antenna gain shall be computed tenna exceeds 6 dBi. as follows: (ii) Systems operating in the 5725– (A) The directional gain shall be cal- 5850 MHz band that are used exclu- culated as the sum of 10 log (number of sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- array elements or staves) plus the di- ations may employ transmitting an- rectional gain of the element or stave tennas with directional gain greater having the highest gain. than 6 dBi without any corresponding (B) A lower value for the directional reduction in transmitter conducted gain than that calculated in paragraph output power. (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section will be ac- (iii) Fixed, point-to-point operation, cepted if sufficient evidence is pre- as used in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and sented, e.g., due to shading of the array (c)(1)(ii) of this section, excludes the or coherence loss in the . use of point-to-multipoint systems, (iii) If a transmitter employs an an- omnidirectional applications, and mul- tenna that operates simultaneously on tiple co-located intentional radiators multiple directional beams using the transmitting the same information. same or different frequency channels, The operator of the spread spectrum or the power supplied to each emission digitally modulated intentional radi- beam is subject to the power limit ator or, if the equipment is profes- specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this sionally installed, the installer is re- section. If transmitted beams overlap, sponsible for ensuring that the system the power shall be reduced to ensure

820

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00830 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.247

that their aggregate power does not ex- off, shall have an average time of occu- ceed the limit specified in paragraph pancy on any frequency not to exceed (c)(2)(ii) of this section. In addition, 0.4 seconds within a time period in sec- the aggregate power transmitted si- onds equal to the number of hopping multaneously on all beams shall not frequencies employed multiplied by 0.4. exceed the limit specified in paragraph The digital modulation operation of (c)(2)(ii) of this section by more than 8 the hybrid system, with the frequency dB. hopping operation turned off, shall (iv) Transmitters that emit a single comply with the power density require- directional beam shall operate under ments of paragraph (d) of this section. the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of (g) Frequency hopping spread spec- this section. trum systems are not required to em- (d) In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside ploy all available hopping channels the frequency band in which the spread during each transmission. However, the spectrum or digitally modulated inten- system, consisting of both the trans- tional radiator is operating, the radio mitter and the receiver, must be de- frequency power that is produced by signed to comply with all of the regula- the intentional radiator shall be at tions in this section should the trans- least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz mitter be presented with a continuous bandwidth within the band that con- data (or information) stream. In addi- tains the highest level of the desired tion, a system employing short trans- power, based on either an RF con- mission bursts must comply with the ducted or a radiated measurement, pro- definition of a frequency hopping sys- vided the transmitter demonstrates tem and must distribute its trans- compliance with the peak conducted missions over the minimum number of power limits. If the transmitter com- hopping channels specified in this sec- plies with the conducted power limits tion. based on the use of RMS averaging (h) The incorporation of intelligence over a time interval, as permitted within a frequency hopping spread under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, spectrum system that permits the sys- the attenuation required under this tem to recognize other users within the paragraph shall be 30 dB instead of 20 spectrum band so that it individually dB. Attenuation below the general lim- and independently chooses and adapts its specified in § 15.209(a) is not re- its hopsets to avoid hopping on occu- quired. In addition, radiated emissions pied channels is permitted. The coordi- which fall in the restricted bands, as nation of frequency hopping systems in defined in § 15.205(a), must also comply any other manner for the express pur- with the radiated emission limits spec- pose of avoiding the simultaneous oc- ified in § 15.209(a) (see § 15.205(c)). cupancy of individual hopping fre- (e) For digitally modulated systems, quencies by multiple transmitters is the power conducted not permitted. from the intentional radiator to the antenna shall not be greater than 8 NOTE: Spread spectrum systems are shar- ing these bands on a noninterference basis dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time with systems supporting critical Govern- interval of continuous transmission. ment requirements that have been allocated This power spectral density shall be de- the usage of these bands, secondary only to termined in accordance with the provi- ISM equipment operated under the provi- sions of paragraph (b) of this section. sions of part 18 of this chapter. Many of The same method of determining the these Government systems are airborne conducted output power shall be used radiolocation systems that emit a high EIRP to determine the power spectral den- which can cause interference to other users. Also, investigations of the effect of spread sity. spectrum interference to U. S. Government (f) For the purposes of this section, operations in the 902–928 MHz band may re- hybrid systems are those that employ a quire a future decrease in the power limits combination of both frequency hopping allowed for spread spectrum operation. and digital modulation techniques. The (i) Systems operating under the pro- frequency hopping operation of the hy- visions of this section shall be operated brid system, with the direct sequence in a manner that ensures that the pub- or digital modulation operation turned lic is not exposed to radio frequency

821

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00831 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.249 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

energy levels in excess of the Commis- beamwidths narrower than 3.5 degrees, sion’s guidelines. See § 1.1307(b)(1) of power must be reduced to ensure that this chapter. the field strength does not exceed 2500 millivolts/meter. [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 28762, July 13, 1990; 62 FR 26242, May 13, (c) Field strength limits are specified 1997; 65 FR 57561, Sept. 25, 2000; 67 FR 42734, at a distance of 3 meters. June 25, 2002; 69 FR 54035, Sept. 7, 2004; 72 FR (d) Emissions radiated outside of the 5632, Feb. 7, 2007] specified frequency bands, except for harmonics, shall be attenuated by at § 15.249 Operation within the bands least 50 dB below the level of the funda- 902–928 MHz, 2400–2483.5 MHz, 5725–5875 MHZ, and 24.0–24.25 GHz. mental or to the general radiated emis- sion limits in § 15.209, whichever is the (a) Except as provided in paragraph lesser attenuation. (b) of this section, the field strength of (e) As shown in § 15.35(b), for fre- emissions from intentional radiators quencies above 1000 MHz, the field operated within these frequency bands strength limits in paragraphs (a) and shall comply with the following: (b) of this section are based on average Field Field limits. However, the peak field strength of strength of strength of any emission shall not ex- Fundamental frequency fundamental harmonics (millivolts/ (microvolts/ ceed the maximum permitted average meter) meter) limits specified above by more than 20 902–928 MHz ...... 50 500 dB under any condition of modulation. 2400–2483.5 MHz ...... 50 500 For point-to-point operation under 5725–5875 MHz ...... 50 500 paragraph (b) of this section, the peak 24.0–24.25 GHz ...... 250 2500 field strength shall not exceed 2500 millivolts/meter at 3 meters along the (b) Fixed, point-to-point operation as antenna azimuth. referred to in this paragraph shall be limited to systems employing a fixed (f) Parties considering the manufac- transmitter transmitting to a fixed re- ture, importation, marketing or oper- mote location. Point-to-multipoint ation of equipment under this section systems, omnidirectional applications, should also note the requirement in and multiple co-located intentional ra- § 15.37(d). diators transmitting the same informa- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 tion are not allowed. Fixed, point-to- FR 25095, June 20, 1990; 67 FR 1625, Jan. 14, point operation is permitted in the 2002] 24.05–24.25 GHz band subject to the fol- lowing conditions: § 15.250 Operation of wideband sys- (1) The field strength of emissions in tems within the band 5925–7250 this band shall not exceed 2500 MHz. millivolts/meter. (a) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of a device (2) The frequency tolerance of the operating under the provisions of this carrier signal shall be maintained section must be contained within the within ±0.001% of the operating fre- 5925–7250 MHz band under all conditions quency over a temperature variation of of operation including the effects from -20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal stepped frequency, frequency hopping supply voltage, and for a variation in or other modulation techniques that the primary supply voltage from 85% may be employed as well as the fre- to 115% of the rated supply voltage at quency stability of the transmitter a temperature of 20 degrees C. For bat- over expected variations in tempera- tery operated equipment, the equip- ture and supply voltage. ment tests shall be performed using a (b) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- new battery. damental emission shall be at least 50 (3) Antenna gain must be at least 33 MHz. For transmitters that employ fre- dBi. Alternatively, the main lobe quency hopping, stepped frequency or beamwidth must not exceed 3.5 degrees. similar modulation types, measure- The beamwidth limit shall apply to ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- both the azimuth and elevation planes. width specified in this paragraph shall At antenna gains over 33 dBi or be made with the frequency hop or step

822

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00832 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.250

function disabled and with the trans- measurement instrument. RBW shall mitter operating continuously at a fun- not be lower than 1 MHz or greater damental frequency following the pro- than 50 MHz. The video bandwidth of visions of § 15.31(m). the measurement instrument shall not (c) Operation on board an aircraft or be less than RBW. If RBW is greater a satellite is prohibited. Devices oper- than 3 MHz, the application for certifi- ating under this section may not be cation filed with the Commission shall employed for the operation of toys. Ex- contain a detailed description of the cept for operation onboard a ship or a test procedure, calibration of the test terrestrial transportation vehicle, the setup, and the instrumentation em- use of a fixed outdoor infrastructure is ployed in the testing. prohibited. A fixed infrastructure in- (4) Radiated emissions at or below 960 cludes antennas mounted on outdoor MHz shall not exceed the emission lev- structures, e.g., antennas mounted on els in § 15.209. the outside of a building or on a tele- (5) Emissions from digital circuitry phone pole. (d) Emissions from a transmitter op- used to enable the operation of the erating under this section shall not ex- transmitter may comply with the lim- ceed the following equivalent its in § 15.209 provided it can be clearly isotropically radiated power (EIRP) demonstrated that those emissions are density levels: due solely to emissions from digital (1) The radiated emissions above 960 circuitry contained within the trans- MHz from a device operating under the mitter and the emissions are not in- provisions of this section shall not ex- tended to be radiated from the trans- ceed the following RMS average limits mitter’s antenna. Emissions from asso- based on measurements using a 1 MHz ciated digital devices, as defined in resolution bandwidth: § 15.3(k), e.g., emissions from digital circuitry used to control additional EIRP in functions or capabilities other than the Frequency in MHz dBm operation of the transmitter, are sub- 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 ject to the limits contained in subpart 1610–1990 ...... ¥63.3 1990–3100 ...... ¥61.3 B of this part. Emissisons from these 3100–5925 ...... ¥51.3 digital circuits shall not be employed 5925–7250 ...... ¥41.3 in determining the ¥10 dB bandwidth 7250–10600 ...... ¥51.3 Above 10600 ...... ¥61.3 of the fundamental emission or the fre- quency at which the highest emission (2) In addition to the radiated emis- level occurs. sion limits specified in the table in (e) Measurement procedures: paragraph (d)(1) of this section, trans- (1) All emissions at and below 960 mitters operating under the provisions MHz are based on measurements em- of this section shall not exceed the fol- ploying a CISPR quasi-peak detector. lowing RMS average limits when meas- Unless otherwise specified, all RMS av- ured using a resolution bandwidth of erage emission levels specified in this no less than 1 kHz: section are to be measured utilizing a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth with a one EIRP in Frequency in MHz dBm millisecond dwell over each 1 MHz seg- ment. The frequency span of the ana- 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 lyzer should equal the number of sam- pling bins times 1 MHz and the sweep (3) There is a limit on the peak level rate of the analyzer should equal the of the emissions contained within a 50 number of sampling bins times one MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- millisecond. The provision in § 15.35(c) quency at which the highest radiated that allows emissions to be averaged emission occurs and this 50 MHz band- over a 100 millisecond period does not width must be contained within the apply to devices operating under this 5925–7250 MHz band. The peak EIRP section. The video bandwidth of the limit is 20 log (RBW/50) dBm where measurement instrument shall not be RBW is the resolution bandwidth in less than the resolution bandwidth and megahertz that is employed by the trace averaging shall not be employed.

823

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00833 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.251 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

The RMS average emission measure- limits in this paragraph are based on ment is to be repeated over multiple measurement instrumentation employ- sweeps with the analyzer set for max- ing an average detector. The provisions imum hold until the amplitude sta- in § 15.35 for limiting peak emissions bilizes. apply. (2) The peak emission measurement (c) The minimum sweep repetition is to be repeated over multiple sweeps rate of the signal shall not be lower with the analyzer set for maximum than 4000 sweeps per second, and the hold until the amplitude stabilizes. maximum sweep repetition rate of the (3) For transmitters that employ fre- signal shall not exceed 50,000 sweeps quency hopping, stepped frequency or per second. similar modulation types, the peak emission level measurement, the meas- (d) An AVIS shall employ a horn an- urement of the RMS average emission tenna or other comparable directional levels, and the measurement to deter- antenna for signal emission. mine the frequency at which the high- (e) Provision shall be made so that est level emission occurs shall be made signal emission from the AVIS shall with the frequency hop or step function occur only when the vehicle to be iden- active. Gated signals may be measured tified is within the radiated field of the with the gating active. The provisions system. of § 15.31(c) continue to apply to trans- (f) In addition to the labelling re- mitters that employ swept frequency quirements in § 15.19(a), the label at- modulation. tached to the AVIS transmitter shall (4) The ¥10 dB bandwidth is based on contain a third statement regarding measurement using a peak detector, a 1 operational conditions, as follows: MHz resolution bandwidth, and a video bandwidth greater than or equal to the * * * and, (3) during use this device (the ± resolution bandwidth. antenna) may not be pointed within ** de- (5) Alternative measurement proce- grees of the horizontal plane. dures may be considered by the Com- The double asterisks in condition three mission. (**) shall be replaced by the responsible [70 FR 6774, Feb. 9, 2005] party with the angular pointing re- striction necessary to meet the hori- § 15.251 Operation within the bands zontal emission limit specified in para- 2.9–3.26 GHz, 3.267–3.332 GHz, 3.339– graph (b). 3.3458 GHz, and 3.358–3.6 GHz. (g) In addition to the information re- (a) Operation under the provisions of quired in subpart J of part 2, the appli- this section is limited to automatic ve- cation for certification shall contain: hicle identification systems (AVIS) (1) Measurements of field strength which use swept frequency techniques per MHz along with the intermediate for the purpose of automatically iden- frequency of the spectrum analyzer or tifying transportation vehicles. equivalent measuring receiver; (b) The field strength anywhere with- (2) The angular separation between in the frequency range swept by the the direction at which maximum field signal shall not exceed 3000 microvolts/ meter/MHz at 3 meters in any direc- strength occurs and the direction at tion. Further, an AVIS, when in its op- which the field strength is reduced to erating position, shall not produce a 400 microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters; field strength greater than 400 (3) A photograph of the spectrum an- microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters in alyzer display showing the entire swept any direction within ±10 degrees of the frequency signal and a calibrated scale horizontal plane. In addition to the for the vertical and horizontal axes; provisions of § 15.205, the field strength the spectrum analyzer settings that of radiated emissions outside the fre- were used shall be labelled on the pho- quency range swept by the signal shall tograph; and, be limited to a maximum of 100 (4) The results of the frequency microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters, search for spurious and emis- measured from 30 MHz to 20 GHz for sions from 30 MHz to 20 GHz, exclusive the complete system. The emission of the swept frequency band, with the

824

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00834 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.252

measuring instrument as close as pos- tioning of the transportation vehicle, sible to the unit under test. e.g., collision avoidance. (b) Emissions from a transmitter op- [54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989] erating under this section shall not ex- ceed the following equivalent § 15.252 Operation of wideband vehic- isotropically radiated power (EIRP) ular radar systems within the density levels: bands 16.2–17.7 GHz and 23.12–29.0 (1) For transmitters operating in the GHz. 16.2–17.7 GHz band, the RMS average (a) Operation under this section is radiated emissions above 960 MHz from limited to field disturbance sensors a device operating under the provisions that are mounted in terrestrial trans- of this section shall not exceed the fol- portation vehicles. Terrestrial use is lowing EIRP limits based on measure- limited to earth surface-based, non- ments using a 1 MHz resolution band- aviation applications. Operation within width: the 16.2–17.7 GHz band is limited to EIRP in field disturbance sensors that are used Frequency in MHz dBm only for back-up assistance and that operate only when the vehicle is en- 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 1610–16,200 ...... ¥61.3 gaged in reverse. 16,200–17,700 ...... ¥41.3 (1) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- Above 17,700 ...... ¥61.3 damental emission shall be located within the 16.2–17.7 GHz band or within (2) For transmitters operating in the the 23.12–29.0 GHz band, exclusive of 23.12–29.0 GHz band, the RMS average the 23.6–24.0 GHz restricted band, as ap- radiated emissions above 960 MHz from propriate, under all conditions of oper- a device operating under the provisions ation including the effects from of this section shall not exceed the fol- stepped frequency, frequency hopping lowing EIRP limits based on measure- or other modulation techniques that ments using a 1 MHz resolution band- may be employed as well as the fre- width: quency stability of the transmitter EIRP in over expected variations in tempera- Frequency in MHz dBm ture and supply voltage. (2) The ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fun- 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 1610–23,120 ...... ¥61.3 damental emission shall be 10 MHz or 23,120–23,600 ...... ¥41.3 greater. For transmitters that employ 23,600–24,000 ...... ¥61.3 frequency hopping, stepped frequency 24,000–29,000 ...... ¥41.3 or similar modulation types, measure- Above 29,000 ...... —61.3 ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- (3) In addition to the radiated emis- width specified in this paragraph shall sion limits specified in the tables in be made with the frequency hop or step paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this sec- function disabled and with the trans- tion, transmitters operating under the mitter operating continuously at a fun- provisions of this section shall not ex- damental frequency following the pro- ceed the following RMS average EIRP visions of § 15.31(m). limits when measured using a resolu- (3) For systems operating in the tion bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz: 23.12–29.0 GHz band, the frequencies at which the highest average emission Frequency in MHz EIRP in level and at which the highest peak dBm level emission appear shall be greater 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 than 24.075 GHz. 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 (4) These devices shall operate only when the vehicle is operating, e.g., the (4) There is a limit on the peak level engine is running. Operation shall of the emissions contained within a 50 occur only upon specific activation, MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- such as upon starting the vehicle, quency at which the highest radiated changing gears, or engaging a turn sig- emission occurs and this 50 MHz band- nal. The operation of these devices width must be contained within the shall be related to the proper func- 16.2–17.7 GHz band or the 24.05–29.0 GHz

825

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00835 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.253 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

band, as appropriate. The peak EIRP section are to be measured utilizing a 1 limit is 20 log (RBW/50) dBm where MHz resolution bandwidth with a one RBW is the resolution bandwidth in millisecond dwell over each 1 MHz seg- MHz employed by the measurement in- ment. The frequency span of the ana- strument. RBW shall not be lower than lyzer should equal the number of sam- 1 MHz or greater than 50 MHz. Further, pling bins times 1 MHz and the sweep RBW shall not be greater than the ¥10 rate of the analyzer should equal the dB bandwidth of the device under test. number of sampling bins times one For transmitters that employ fre- millisecond. The provision in § 15.35(c) quency hopping, stepped frequency or that allows emissions to be averaged similar modulation types, measure- over a 100 millisecond period does not ment of the ¥10 dB minimum band- apply to devices operating under this width specified in this paragraph shall section. The video bandwidth of the be made with the frequency hop or step measurement instrument shall not be function disabled and with the trans- less than the resolution bandwidth and mitter operating continuously at a fun- trace averaging shall not be employed. damental frequency. The video band- The RMS average emission measure- width of the measurement instrument ment is to be repeated over multiple shall not be less than RBW. The limit sweeps with the analyzer set for max- on peak emissions applies to the 50 imum hold until the amplitude sta- MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- bilizes. quency at which the highest level radi- (2) The peak emission measurement ated emission occurs. If RBW is greater is to be repeated over multiple sweeps than 3 MHz, the application for certifi- with the analyzer set for maximum cation shall contain a detailed descrip- hold until the amplitude stabilizes. tion of the test procedure, the instru- (3) For transmitters that employ fre- mentation employed in the testing, and quency hopping, stepped frequency or the calibration of the test setup. similar modulation types, the peak (5) Radiated emissions at or below 960 emission level measurement, the meas- MHz shall not exceed the emission lev- urement of the RMS average emission els in § 15.209. levels, the measurement to determine (6) Emissions from digital circuitry the center frequency, and the measure- used to enable the operation of the ment to determine the frequency at transmitter may comply with the lim- which the highest level emission occurs its in § 15.209 provided it can be clearly shall be made with the frequency hop demonstrated that those emissions are or step function active. Gated signals due solely to emissions from digital may be measured with the gating ac- circuitry contained within the trans- tive. The provisions of § 15.31(c) con- mitter and the emissions are not in- tinue to apply to transmitters that em- tended to be radiated from the trans- ploy swept . ¥ mitter’s antenna. Emissions from asso- (4) The 10 dB bandwidth is based on ciated digital devices, as defined in measurement using a peak detector, a 1 § 15.3(k) , e.g., emissions from digital MHz resolution bandwidth, and a video circuitry used to control additional bandwidth greater than or equal to the functions or capabilities other than the resolution bandwidth. operation of the transmitter, are sub- (5) Alternative measurement proce- ject to the limits contained in subpart dures may be considered by the Com- B of this part. Emissions from these mission. digital circuits shall not be employed [70 FR 6775, Feb. 9, 2005] in determining the ¥10 dB bandwidth of the fundamental emission or the fre- § 15.253 Operation within the bands quency at which the highest emission 46.7–46.9 GHz and 76.0–77.0 GHz. level occurs. (a) Operation within the bands 46.7– (c) Measurement procedures: 46.9 GHz and 76.0–77.0 GHz is restricted (1) All emissions at and below 960 to vehicle-mounted field disturbance MHz are based on measurements em- sensors used as vehicle radar systems. ploying a CISPR quasi-peak detector. The transmission of additional infor- Unless otherwise specified, all RMS av- mation, such as data, is permitted pro- erage emission levels specified in this vided the primary mode of operation is

826

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00836 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.255

as a vehicle-mounted field disturbance power density of any emission shall not sensor. Operation under the provisions exceed 1000 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 of this section is not permitted on air- meters from the exterior surface of the craft or satellites. radiating structure. (b) The radiated emission limits (4) For field disturbance sensors oper- within the bands 46.7–46.9 GHz and 76.0– ating in the 76–77 GHz band, the spec- 77.0 GHz are as follows: trum shall be investigated up to 231 (1) If the vehicle is not in motion, the GHz. power density of any emission within (d) The provisions in § 15.35 limiting the bands specified in this section shall peak emissions apply. not exceed 200 nW/cm 2 at a distance of (e) Fundamental emissions must be 3 meters from the exterior surface of contained within the frequency bands the radiating structure. specified in this section during all con- (2) For forward-looking vehicle- ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- mounted field disturbance sensors, if sumed to operate over the temperature the vehicle is in motion the power den- range ¥20 to +50 degrees celsius with sity of any emission within the bands an input voltage variation of 85% to specified in this section shall not ex- 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- ceed 60 μW/cm 2 at a distance of 3 me- tification is presented to demonstrate ters from the exterior surface of the ra- otherwise. diating structure. (f) Regardless of the power density (3) For side-looking or rear-looking levels permitted under this section, de- vehicle-mounted field disturbance sen- vices operating under the provisions of sors, if the vehicle is in motion the this section are subject to the radio- power density of any emission within frequency radiation exposure require- the bands specified in this section shall ments specified in §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and not exceed 30 μW/cm 2 at a distance of 3 2.1093 of this chapter, as appropriate. meters from the exterior surface of the Applications for equipment authoriza- radiating structure. tion of devices operating under this (c) The power density of any emis- section must contain a statement con- sions outside the operating band shall firming compliance with these require- consist solely of spurious emissions ments for both fundamental emissions and shall not exceed the following: and unwanted emissions. Technical in- (1) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz formation showing the basis for this shall not exceed the general limits in statement must be submitted to the § 15.209. Commission upon request. (2) Radiated emissions outside the [61 FR 14503, Apr. 2, 1996, as amended at 61 operating band and between 40 GHz and FR 41018, Aug. 7, 1996; 63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 200 GHz shall not exceed the following: 1998] (i) For vehicle-mounted field disturb- ance sensors operating in the band 46.7– § 15.255 Operation within the band 57– 46.9 GHz: 2 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 64 GHz. meters from the exterior surface of the (a) Operation under the provisions of radiating structure. this section is not permitted for the (ii) For forward-looking vehicle- following products: mounted field disturbance sensors op- (1) Equipment used on aircraft or sat- erating in the band 76–77 GHz: 600 pW/ ellites. cm2 at a distance of 3 meters from the (2) Field disturbance sensors, includ- exterior surface of the radiating struc- ing vehicle radar systems, unless the ture. field disturbance sensors are employed (iii) For side-looking or rear-looking for fixed operation. For the purposes of vehicle-mounted field disturbance sen- this section, the reference to fixed op- sors operating in the band 76–77 GHz: eration includes field disturbance sen- 300 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 meters sors installed in fixed equipment, even from the exterior surface of the radi- if the sensor itself moves within the ating structure. equipment. (3) For radiated emissions above 200 (b) Within the 57–64 GHz band, emis- GHz from field disturbance sensors op- sion levels shall not exceed the fol- erating in the 76–77 GHz band: the lowing:

827

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00837 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.255 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(1) For products other than fixed field ceed 90 pW/cm2 at a distance of 3 me- disturbance sensors, the average power ters. density of any emission, measured dur- (4) The levels of the spurious emis- ing the transmit interval, shall not ex- sions shall not exceed the level of the ceed 9 μW/cm2, as measured 3 meters fundamental emission. from the radiating structure, and the (d) Only spurious emissions and peak power density of any emission transmissions related to a publicly-ac- shall not exceed 18 μW/cm2, as meas- cessible coordination channel, whose ured 3 meters from the radiating struc- purpose is to coordinate operation be- ture. tween diverse transmitters with a view (2) For fixed field disturbance sensors towards reducing the probability of in- that occupy 500 MHz or less of band- terference throughout the 57–64 GHz width and that are contained wholly band, are permitted in the 57–57.05 GHz within the frequency band 61.0–61.5 band. GHz, the average power density of any NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d): The 57–57.05 GHz is emission, measured during the trans- reserved exclusively for a publicly-accessible 2 mit interval, shall not exceed 9 μW/cm , coordination channel. The development of as measured 3 meters from the radi- standards for this channel shall be performed ating structure, and the peak power pursuant to authorizations issued under part density of any emission shall not ex- 5 of this chapter. μ 2 ceed 18 W/cm , as measured 3 meters (e) Except as specified elsewhere in from the radiating structure. In addi- this paragraph (e), the total peak tion, the average power density of any transmitter output power shall not ex- emission outside of the 61–61.5 GHz ceed 500 mW. band, measured during the transmit in- (1) Transmitters with an emission terval, but still within the 57–64 GHz bandwidth of less than 100 MHz must 2 band, shall not exceed 9 nW/cm , as limit their peak transmitter output measured 3 meters from the radiating power to the product of 500 mW times structure, and the peak power density their emission bandwidth divided by of any emission shall not exceed 18 nW/ 100 MHz. For the purposes of this para- 2 cm , as measured three meters from graph (e)(1), emission bandwidth is de- the radiating structure. fined as the instantaneous frequency (3) For fixed field disturbance sensors range occupied by a steady state radi- other than those operating under the ated signal with modulation, outside provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this which the radiated power spectral den- section, the peak transmitter output sity never exceeds 6 dB below the max- power shall not exceed 0.1 mW and the imum radiated power spectral density peak power density shall not exceed 9 in the band, as measured with a 100 kHz nW/cm2 at a distance of 3 meters. resolution bandwidth spectrum ana- (4) Peak power density shall be meas- lyzer. The center frequency must be ured with an RF detector that has a de- stationary during the measurement in- tection bandwidth that encompasses terval, even if not stationary during the 57–64 GHz band and has a video normal operation (e.g. for frequency bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or using hopping devices). an equivalent measurement method. (2) Peak transmitter output power (5) The average emission levels shall shall be measured with an RF detector be calculated, based on the measured that has a detection bandwidth that peak levels, over the actual time pe- encompasses the 57–64 GHz band and riod during which transmission occurs. that has a video bandwidth of at least (c) Limits on spurious emissions: 10 MHz, or using an equivalent meas- (1) The power density of any emis- urement method. sions outside the 57–64 GHz band shall (3) For purposes of demonstrating consist solely of spurious emissions. compliance with this paragraph (e), (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz corrections to the transmitter output shall not exceed the general limits in power may be made due to the antenna § 15.209. and circuit loss. (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the (f) Fundamental emissions must be level of these emissions shall not ex- contained within the frequency bands

828

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00838 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.257

specified in this section during all con- mitter identification data block must ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- provide the following fields: sumed to operate over the temperature (1) FCC Identifier, which shall be pro- range ¥20 to +50 degrees celsius with grammed at the factory. an input voltage variation of 85% to (2) Manufacturer’s serial number, 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- which shall be programmed at the fac- tification is presented to demonstrate tory. otherwise. (3) Provision for at least 24 bytes of (g) Regardless of the power density data relevant to the specific device, levels permitted under this section, de- which shall be field programmable. The vices operating under the provisions of grantee must implement a method that this section are subject to the radio- makes it possible for users to specify frequency radiation exposure require- and update this data. The rec- ments specified in §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and ommended content of this field is in- 2.1093 of this chapter, as appropriate. formation to assist in contacting the Applications for equipment authoriza- operator. tion of devices operating under this section must contain a statement con- [63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998, as amended at 66 firming compliance with these require- FR 7409, Jan. 23, 2001; 68 FR 68547, Dec. 9, ments for both fundamental emissions 2003] and unwanted emissions. Technical in- § 15.257 Operation within the band 92– formation showing the basis for this 95 GHz. statement must be submitted to the Commission upon request. (a) Operation of devices under the (h) Any transmitter that has received provisions of this section is limited to the necessary FCC equipment author- indoor use; ization under the rules of this chapter (1) Devices operating under the provi- may be mounted in a group installa- sions of this section, by the nature of tion for simultaneous operation with their design, must be capable of oper- one or more other transmitter(s) that ation only indoors. The necessity to have received the necessary FCC equip- operate with a fixed indoor infrastruc- ment authorization, without any addi- ture, e.g., a transmitter that must be tional equipment authorization. How- connected to the AC power lines, may ever, no transmitter operating under be considered sufficient to demonstrate the provisions of this section may be this. equipped with external phase-locking (2) The use of outdoor mounted an- inputs that permit beam-forming ar- tennas, e.g., antennas mounted on the rays to be realized. outside of a building or on a telephone (i) For all transmissions that ema- pole, or any other outdoors infrastruc- nate from inside of a building, within ture is prohibited. any one second interval of signal trans- (3) The emissions from equipment op- mission, each transmitter with a peak erated under this section shall not be output power equal to or greater than intentionally directed outside of the 0.1 mW or a peak power density equal building in which the equipment is lo- to or greater than 3 nW/cm2, as meas- cated, such as through a window or a ured 3 meters from the radiating struc- doorway. ture, must transmit a transmitter (4) Devices operating under the provi- identification at least once. Each ap- sions of this section shall bear the fol- plication for equipment authorization lowing or similar statement in a con- for equipment that will be used inside spicuous location on the device or in of a building must declare that the the instruction manual supplied with equipment contains the required trans- the device: ‘‘This equipment may only mitter identification feature and must be operated indoors. Operation out- specify a method whereby interested doors is in violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and parties can obtain sufficient informa- could subject the operator to serious tion, at no cost, to enable them to fully legal penalties.’’ detect and decode this transmitter (b) Operation under the provisions of identification information. Upon the this section is not permitted on air- completion of decoding, the trans- craft or satellites.

829

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00839 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.301 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(c) Within the 92–95 GHz bands, the for both fundamental emissions and emission levels shall not exceed the unwanted emissions. Technical infor- following: mation showing the basis for this (1) The average power density of any statement must be submitted to the emission, measured during the trans- Commission upon request. mit interval, shall not exceed 9 uW/sq. (h) Any transmitter that has received cm, as measured at 3 meters from the the necessary FCC equipment author- radiating structure, and the peak ization under the rules of this chapter power density of any emission shall not may be mounted in a group installa- exceed 18 uW/sq. cm, as measured 3 me- tion for simultaneous operation with ters from the radiating structure. one or more other transmitter(s) that (2) Peak power density shall be meas- have received the necessary FCC equip- ured with an RF detector that has a de- ment authorization, without any addi- tection bandwidth that encompasses tional equipment authorization. How- the band being used and has a video ever, no transmitter operating under bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or uses the provisions of this section may be an equivalent measurement method. equipped with external phase-locking (3) The average emission limits shall inputs that permit beam-forming ar- be calculated based on the measured rays to be realized. peak levels, over the actual time pe- [69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004] riod during which transmission occurs. (d) Limits on spurious emissions: Subpart D—Unlicensed Personal (1) The power density of any emis- sions outside the band being used shall Communications Service Devices consist solely of spurious emissions. (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz SOURCE: 58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, unless shall not exceed the general limits in otherwise noted. § 15.209. § 15.301 Scope. (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the level of these emissions shall not ex- This subpart sets out the regulations ceed 90 pW/cm 2 at a distance of 3 me- for unlicensed personal communica- ters. tions services (PCS) devices operating (4) The levels of the spurious emis- in the 1920–1930 MHz band. sions shall not exceed the level of the [69 FR 77949, Dec. 29, 2004] fundamental emission. (e) The total peak transmitter output § 15.303 Definitions. power shall not exceed 500 mW. (a) Asynchronous devices. Devices that (f) Fundamental emissions must be transmit RF energy at irregular time contained within the frequency bands intervals, as typified by local area net- specified in this section during all con- work data systems. ditions of operation. Equipment is pre- (b) Coordinatable PCS device. PCS de- sumed to operate over the temperature vices whose geographical area of oper- range ¥20 to +50 degrees Celsius with ation is sufficiently controlled either an input voltage variation of 85% to by necessity of operation with a fixed 115% of rated input voltage, unless jus- infrastructure or by disabling mecha- tification is presented to demonstrate nisms to allow adequate coordination otherwise. of their locations relative to incum- (g) Regardless of the maximum EIRP bent fixed microwave facilities. and maximum power density levels (c) Emission bandwidth. For purposes permitted under this section, devices of this subpart the emission bandwidth operating under the provisions of this shall be determined by measuring the section are subject to the radio- width of the signal between two points, frequency radiation exposure require- one below the carrier center frequency ments specified in 47 CFR 1.1307(b), and one above the carrier center fre- 2.1091, and 2.1093, as appropriate. Appli- quency, that are 26 dB down relative to cations for equipment authorization of the maximum level of the modulated devices operating under this section carrier. Compliance with the emissions must contain a statement confirming limits is based on the use of measure- compliance with these requirements ment instrumentation employing a

830

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00840 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.307

peak detector function with an instru- § 15.305 Equipment authorization re- ment resolutions bandwidth approxi- quirement. mately equal to 1.0 percent of the emis- PCS devices operating under this sion bandwidth of the device under subpart shall be certified by the Com- measurement. mission under the procedures in sub- (d) Isochronous devices. Devices that part J of part 2 of this chapter before transmit at a regular interval, typified marketing. The application for certifi- by time-division voice systems. cation must contain sufficient infor- (e) Noncoordinatable PCS device. A mation to demonstrate compliance PCS device that is capable of randomly with the requirements of this subpart. and operating in geographic § 15.307 Coordination with fixed areas containing incumbent microwave microwave service. facilities such that operation of the (a) UTAM, Inc. is designated to co- PCS device will potentially cause ordinate and manage the transition of harmful interference to the incumbent the 1910–1930 MHz band from the Pri- microwave facilities. vate Operational-Fixed Microwave (f) Peak transmit power. The peak Service (OFS) operating under part 101 power output as measured over an in- of this chapter to unlicensed PCS oper- terval of time equal to the frame rate ations, or transmission burst of the device (b) Each application for certification under all conditions of modulation. of equipment operating under the pro- Usually this parameter is measured as visions of this subpart must be accom- a conducted emission by direct connec- panied by an affidavit from UTAM, Inc. tion of a calibrated test instrument to certifying that the applicant is a par- the equipment under test. If the device ticipating member of UTAM, Inc. In cannot be connected directly, alter- the event a grantee fails to fulfill the native techniques acceptable to the obligations attendant to participation Commission may be used. in UTAM, Inc., the Commission may (g) Personal Communications Services invoke administrative sanctions as (PCS) Devices [Unlicensed]. Intentional necessary to preclude continued mar- radiators operating in the frequency keting and installation of devices cov- ered by the grant of certification, in- band 1920–1930 MHz that provide a wide cluding but not limited to revoking array of mobile and ancillary fixed certification. communication services to individuals (c) An application for certification of and businesses. a PCS device that is deemed by UTAM, (h) Spectrum window. An amount of Inc. to be noncoordinatable will not be spectrum equal to the intended emis- accepted until the Commission an- sion bandwidth in which operation is nounces that a need for coordination desired. no longer exists. (i) Sub-band. For purposes of this sub- (d) A coordinatable PCS device is re- part the term sub-band refers to the quired to incorporate means that en- spectrum allocated for isochronous or sure that it cannot be activated until asynchronous transmission. its location has been coordinated by (j) Thermal noise power. The noise UTAM, Inc. The application for certifi- power in watts defined by the formula cation shall contain an explanation of N=kTB where N is the noise power in all measures taken to prevent unau- watts, K is Boltzmann’s constant, T is thorized operation. This explanation the absolute temperature in degrees shall include all procedural safeguards, Kelvin (e.g., 295 °K) and B is the emis- such as the mandatory use of licensed technicians to install the equipment, sion bandwidth of the device in . and a complete description of all tech- (k) An interval of time Time window. nical features controlling activation of in which transmission is desired. the device. [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 (e) A coordinatable PCS device shall FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, incorporate an automatic mechanism 1995; 69 FR 62620, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 77949, for disabling operation in the event it Dec. 29, 2004] is moved outside the geographic area

831

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00841 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.309 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

where its operation has been coordi- must bear a prominently located label nated by UTAM, Inc. The application with the following statement: for certification shall contain a full de- Installation of this equipment is sub- scription of the safeguards against un- ject to notification and coordination authorized relocation and must satisfy with UTAM, Inc. Any relocation of this the Commission that the safeguards equipment must be coordinated cannot be easily defeated. through, and approved by UTAM. (f) At such time as the Commission UTAM may be contacted at 1–800–429– deems that the need for coordination 8826. between unlicensed PCS operations and existing Part 101 Private Operational- [69 FR 62620, Oct. 27, 2004] Fixed Microwave Services ceases to § 15.313 Measurement procedures. exist, the disabling mechanism re- quired by paragraph (e) of this section Measurements must be made in ac- will no longer be required. cordance with subpart A, except where (g) Operations under the provisions of specific procedures are specified in sub- this subpart are required to protect part D. If no guidance is provided, the systems in the Private Operational- measurement procedure must be in ac- Fixed Microwave Service operating cordance with good engineering prac- within the 1850–1990 MHz band until the tice. dates and conditions specified in §§ 101.69 through 101.73 of this chapter § 15.315 Conducted limits. for termination of primary status. In- An unlicensed PCS device that is de- terference protection is not required signed to be connected to the public for part 101 stations in this band li- utility (AC) power line must meet the censed on a secondary basis. limits specified in § 15.207. (h) The operator of a PCS device that is relocated from the coordinated area § 15.317 Antenna requirement. specified by UTAM, Inc., must cease An unlicensed PCS device must meet operating the device until coordination the antenna requirement of § 15.203. for the new location is verified by UTAM, Inc. § 15.319 General technical require- [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 ments. FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 60 FR 27425, May 24, (a) [Reserved] 1995; 61 FR 29689, June 12, 1996] (b) All transmissions must use only digital modulation techniques. § 15.309 Cross reference. (c) Peak transmit power shall not ex- (a) The provisions of subpart A of ceed 100 microwatts multiplied by the this part apply to unlicensed PCS de- square root of the emission bandwidth vices, except where specific provisions in hertz. Peak transmit power must be are contained in subpart D. measured over any interval of contin- (b) The requirements of subpart D uous transmission using instrumenta- apply only to the radio transmitter tion calibrated in terms of an rms- contained in the PCS device. Other as- equivalent voltage. The measurement pects of the operation of a PCS device results shall be properly adjusted for may be subject to requirements con- any instrument limitations, such as de- tained elsewhere in this chapter. In tector response times, limited resolu- particular, a PCS device that includes tion bandwidth capability when com- digital circuitry not directly associ- pared to the emission bandwidth, sensi- ated with the radio transmitter also is tivity, etc., so as to obtain a true peak subject to the requirements for unin- measurement for the emission in ques- tentional radiators in subpart B. tion over the full bandwidth of the channel. § 15.311 Labeling requirements. (d) Power spectral density shall not In addition to the labeling require- exceed 3 milliwatts in any 3 kHz band- ments of § 15.19(a)(3), all devices oper- width as measured with a spectrum an- ating in the frequency band 1920–1930 alyzer having a resolution bandwidth MHz authorized under this subpart of 3 kHz.

832

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00842 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.323

(e) The peak transmit power shall be spectrum windows that its trans- reduced by the amount in decibels that mission is intended to occupy. The fol- the maximum directional gain of the lowing criteria must be met: antenna exceeds 3 dBi. (1) Immediately prior to initiating (f) The device shall automatically transmission, devices must monitor discontinue transmission in case of ei- the combined time and spectrum win- ther absence of information to trans- dows in which they intend to transmit mit or operational failure. The provi- for a period of at least 10 milliseconds sions in this section are not intended for systems designed to use a 10 milli- to preclude transmission of control and seconds or shorter frame period or at signaling information or use of repet- least 20 milliseconds for systems de- itive codes used by certain digital tech- signed to use a 20 milliseconds frame nologies to complete frame or burst in- period. tervals. (2) The monitoring threshold must (g) Notwithstanding other technical not be more than 30 dB above the ther- requirements specified in this subpart, mal noise power for a bandwidth equiv- attenuation of emissions below the alent to the emission bandwidth used general emission limits in § 15.209 is not by the device. required. (3) If no signal above the threshold (h) Where there is a transition be- level is detected, transmission may tween limits, the tighter limit shall commence and continue with the same apply at the transition point. emission bandwidth in the monitored (i) Unlicensed PCS devices are sub- time and spectrum windows without ject to the radiofrequency radiation ex- further monitoring. However, occupa- posure requirements specified in tion of the same combined time and §§ 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and 2.1093 of this spectrum windows by a device or group chapter, as appropriate. All equipment of cooperating devices continuously shall be considered to operate in a over a period of time longer than 8 ‘‘general population/uncontrolled’’ en- hours is not permitted without repeat- vironment. Applications for equipment ing the access criteria. authorization of devices operating (4) Once access to specific combined under this section must contain a time and spectrum windows is obtained statement confirming compliance with an acknowledgment from a system par- these requirements for both funda- ticipant must be received by the initi- mental emissions and unwanted emis- ating transmitter within one second or sions. Technical information showing transmission must cease. Periodic ac- the basis for this statement must be knowledgments must be received at submitted to the Commission upon re- least every 30 seconds or transmission quest. must cease. Channels used exclusively [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 for control and signaling information FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 59 FR 40835, Aug. 10, may transmit continuously for 30 sec- 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995; 61 FR 41018, onds without receiving an acknowledg- Aug. 7, 1996; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR ment, at which time the access criteria 77949, Dec. 29, 2004] must be repeated. § 15.321 [Reserved] (5) If access to spectrum is not avail- able as determined by the above, and a § 15.323 Specific requirements for de- minimum of 40 duplex system access vices operating in the 1920–1930 channels are defined for the system, MHz sub-band. the time and spectrum windows with (a) Operation shall be contained the lowest power level below a moni- within the 1920–1930 MHz band. The toring threshold of 50 dB above the emission bandwidth shall be less then thermal noise power determined for the 2.5 MHz. The power level shall be as emission bandwidth may be accessed. A specified in § 15.319(c), but in no event device utilizing the provisions of this shall the emission bandwidth be less paragraph must have monitored all ac- than 50 kHz. cess channels defined for its system (b) [Reserved] within the last 10 seconds and must (c) Devices must incorporate a mech- verify, within the 20 milliseconds (40 anism for monitoring the time and milliseconds for devices designed to use

833

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00843 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.323 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

a 20 milliseconds frame period) imme- mission in the intended transmit time diately preceding actual channel access and spectrum window. If the power de- that the detected power of the selected tected by the responding device can be time and spectrum windows is no high- decoded as a duplex connection signal er than the previously detected value. from the initiating device, then the re- The power measurement resolution for sponding device may immediately this comparison must be accurate to begin transmitting on the receive time within 6 dB. No device or group of co- and spectrum window monitored by the operating devices located within 1 initiating device. meter of each other shall during any (11) An initiating device that is pre- frame period occupy more than 6 MHz vented from monitoring during its in- of aggregate bandwidth, or alter- tended transmit window due to moni- natively, more than one third of the toring system blocking from the trans- time and spectrum windows defined by missions of a co-located (within one the system. meter) transmitter of the same system, (6) If the selected combined time and may monitor the portions of the time spectrum windows are unavailable, the and spectrum windows in which they device may either monitor and select intend to receive over a period of at different windows or seek to use the least 10 milliseconds. The monitored same windows after waiting an amount time and spectrum window must total of time, randomly chosen from a uni- at least 50 percent of the 10 millisecond form random distribution between 10 frame interval and the monitored spec- and 150 milliseconds, commencing trum must be within 1.25 MHz of the when the channel becomes available. center frequency of channel(s) already (7) The monitoring system bandwidth occupied by that device or co-located must be equal to or greater than the co-operating devices. If the access cri- emission bandwidth of the intended teria is met for the intended receive transmission and have a maximum re- time and spectrum window under the action time less than 50xSQRT (1.25/ above conditions, then transmission in emission bandwidth in MHz) microsec- the intended transmit window by the onds for signals at the applicable initiating device may commence. threshold level but shall not be re- (12) The provisions of (c)(10) or (c)(11) quired to be less than 50 microseconds. of this section shall not be used to ex- If a signal is detected that is 6 dB or tend the range of spectrum occupied more above the applicable threshold over space or time for the purpose of level, the maximum reaction time denying fair access to spectrum to shall be 35xSQRT (1.25/emission band- other devices. width in MHz) microseconds but shall (d) Emissions outside the sub-band not be required to be less than 35 shall be attenuated below a reference microseconds. power of 112 milliwatts as follows: 30 (8) The monitoring system shall use dB between the sub-band and 1.25 MHz the same antenna used for trans- above or below the sub-band; 50 dB be- mission, or an antenna that yields tween 1.25 and 2.5 MHz above or below equivalent reception at that location. the sub-band; and 60 dB at 2.5 MHz or (9) Devices that have a power output greater above or below the sub-band. lower than the maximum permitted Emissions inside the sub-band must under this subpart may increase their comply with the following emission monitoring detection threshold by one mask: In the bands between 1B and 2B decibel for each one decibel that the measured from the center of the emis- transmitter power is below the max- sion bandwidth the total power emitted imum permitted. by the device shall be at least 30 dB (10) An initiating device may attempt below the transmit power permitted for to establish a duplex connection by that device; in the bands between 2B monitoring both its intended transmit and 3B measured from the center of the and receive time and spectrum win- emission bandwidth the total power dows. If both the intended transmit emitted by an intentional radiator and receive time and spectrum win- shall be at least 50 dB below the trans- dows meet the access criteria, then the mit power permitted for that radiator; initiating device can initiate a trans- in the bands between 3B and the sub-

834

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00844 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.403

band edge the total power emitted by any further requirement to vary supply an intentional radiator in the measure- voltage. ment bandwidth shall be at least 60 dB below the transmit power permitted for [58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993; 59 FR 15269, Mar. 31, 1994. Redesignated at 59 FR 32852, June 24, that radiator. ‘‘B’’ is defined as the 1994, as amended at 59 FR 32853, June 24, 1994; emission bandwidth of the device in 59 FR 40835, Aug. 10, 1994; 59 FR 55373, Nov. 7, hertz. Compliance with the emission 1994; 60 FR 3303, Jan. 13, 1995; 69 FR 62621, limits is based on the use of measure- Oct. 27, 2004] ment instrumentation employing peak detector function with an instrument Subpart E—Unlicensed National resolution bandwidth approximately Information Infrastructure Devices equal to 1.0 percent of the emission bandwidth of the device under meas- § 15.401 Scope. urement. (e) The frame period (a set of con- This subpart sets out the regulations secutive time slots in which the posi- for unlicensed National Information In- tion of each time slot can be identified frastructure (U-NII) devices operating by reference to a synchronizing source) in the 5.15–5.35 GHz, 5.47–5.725 GHz and of an intentional radiator operating in 5.725–5.825 GHz bands. these sub-bands shall be 20 milliseconds [69 FR 2686, Jan. 20, 2004] or 10 milliseconds/X where X is a posi- tive whole number. Each device that § 15.403 Definitions. implements time division for the pur- (a) Access Point (AP). A U-NII trans- poses of maintaining a duplex connec- ceiver that operates either as a bridge tion on a given frequency carrier shall in a peer-to-peer connection or as a maintain a frame repetition rate with connector between the wired and wire- a frequency stability of at least 50 less segments of the network. parts per million (ppm). Each device which further divides access in time in (b) Available Channel. A radio channel order to support multiple communica- on which a Channel Availability Check tion links on a given frequency carrier has not identified the presence of a shall maintain a frame repetition rate radar. with a frequency stability of at least 10 (c) Average Symbol Envelope Power. ppm. The jitter (time-related, abrupt, The average symbol envelope power is spurious variations in the duration of the average, taken over all symbols in the frame interval) introduced at the the signaling alphabet, of the envelope two ends of such a communication link power for each symbol. shall not exceed 25 microseconds for (d) Channel Availability Check. A any two consecutive transmissions. check during which the U-NII device Transmissions shall be continuous in listens on a particular radio channel to every time and spectrum window dur- identify whether there is a radar oper- ing the frame period defined for the de- ating on that radio channel. vice. (e) Channel Move Time. The time (f) The frequency stability of the car- needed by a U-NII device to cease all rier frequency of the intentional radi- transmissions on the current channel ator shall be maintained within ±10 upon detection of a radar signal above ppm over 1 hour or the interval be- the DFS detection threshold. tween channel access monitoring, (f) Digital modulation. The process by whichever is shorter. The frequency which the characteristics of a carrier stability shall be maintained over a wave are varied among a set of pre- temperature variation of ¥20° to +50 °C determined discrete values in accord- at normal supply voltage, and over a ance with a digital modulating func- variation in the primary supply volt- tion as specified in document ANSI age of 85 percent to 115 percent of the C63.17–1998. rated supply voltage at a temperature (g) Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) of 20 °C. For equipment that is capable is a mechanism that dynamically de- only of operating from a battery, the tects signals from other systems and frequency stability tests shall be per- avoids co-channel operation with these formed using a new battery without systems, notably radar systems.

835

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00845 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.405 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(h) DFS Detection Threshold. The re- (o) Power Spectral Density. The power quired detection level defined by de- spectral density is the total energy tecting a received signal strength output per unit bandwidth from a pulse (RSS) that is greater than a threshold or sequence of pulses for which the specified, within the U-NII device chan- transmit power is at its peak or max- nel bandwidth. imum level, divided by the total dura- (i) Emission bandwidth. For purposes tion of the pulses. This total time does of this subpart the emission bandwidth not include the time between pulses shall be determined by measuring the during which the transmit power is off width of the signal between two points, or below its maximum level. one below the carrier center frequency (p) Pulse. A pulse is a continuous and one above the carrier center fre- transmission of a sequence of modula- quency, that are 26 dB down relative to tion symbols, during which the average the maximum level of the modulated symbol envelope power is constant. carrier. Determination of the emissions (q) RLAN. Radio . bandwidth is based on the use of meas- (r) Transmit Power Control (TPC). A urement instrumentation employing a feature that enables a U-NII device to peak detector function with an instru- dynamically switch between several ment resolution bandwidth approxi- transmission power levels in the data mately equal to 1.0 percent of the emis- transmission process. sion bandwidth of the device under (s) U-NII devices. Intentional radi- measurement. ators operating in the frequency bands (j) In-Service Monitoring. A mecha- 5.15–5.35 GHz and 5.470–5.825 GHz that nism to check a channel in use by the use wideband digital modulation tech- U-NII device for the presence of a niques and provide a wide array of high radar. data rate mobile and fixed communica- (k) Non-Occupancy Period. The re- tions for individuals, businesses, and quired period in which, once a channel institutions. has been recognized as containing a [69 FR 2687, Jan. 20, 2004, as amended at 69 radar signal by a U-NII device, the FR 54036, Sept. 7, 2004] channel will not be selected as an available channel. § 15.405 Cross reference. (l) Operating Channel. Once a U-NII (a) The provisions of subparts A, B, device starts to operate on an Avail- and C of this part apply to unlicensed able Channel then that channel be- U-NII devices, except where specific comes the Operating Channel. provisions are contained in subpart E. (m) Peak Power Spectral Density. The Manufacturers should note that this peak power spectral density is the includes the provisions of §§ 15.203 and maximum power spectral density, 15.205. within the specified measurement (b) The requirements of subpart E bandwidth, within the U-NII device op- apply only to the radio transmitter erating band. contained in the U-NII device. Other (n) Maximum Conducted Output Power. aspects of the operation of a U-NII de- The total transmit power delivered to vice may be subject to requirements all antennas and antenna elements contained elsewhere in this chapter. In averaged across all symbols in the sig- particular, a U-NII device that includes naling alphabet when the transmitter digital circuitry not directly associ- is operating at its maximum power ated with the radio transmitter also is control level. Power must be summed subject to the requirements for unin- across all antennas and antenna ele- tentional radiators in subpart B. ments. The average must not include any time intervals during which the [63 FR 40835, July 31, 1998] transmitter is off or is transmitting at a reduced power level. If multiple § 15.407 General technical require- modes of operation are possible (e.g., ments. alternative modulation methods), the (a) Power limits: maximum conducted output power is the (1) For the band 5.15–5.25 GHz, the highest total transmit power occurring maximum conducted output power over in any mode. the frequency band of operation shall

836

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00846 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.407

not exceed the lesser of 50 mW or 4 tiple collocated transmitters transmit- dBm + 10 log B, where B is the 26–dB ting the same information. The oper- emission bandwidth in MHz. In addi- ator of the U-NII device, or if the tion, the peak power spectral density equipment is professionally installed, shall not exceed 4 dBm in any 1–MHz the installer, is responsible for ensur- band. If transmitting antennas of di- ing that systems employing high gain rectional gain greater than 6 dBi are directional antennas are used exclu- used, both the maximum conducted sively for fixed, point-to-point oper- output power and the peak power spec- ations.

tral density shall be reduced by the NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(3): The Commission amount in dB that the directional gain strongly recommends that parties employing of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. U-NII devices to provide critical communica- (2) For the 5.25–5.35 GHz and 5.47–5.725 tions services should determine if there are GHz bands, the maximum conducted any nearby Government radar systems that output power over the frequency bands could affect their operation. of operation shall not exceed the lesser (4) The maximum conducted output of 250 mW or 11 dBm + 10 log B, where power must be measured over any in- B is the 26 dB emission bandwidth in terval of continuous transmission megahertz. In addition, the peak power using instrumentation calibrated in spectral density shall not exceed 11 terms of an rms-equivalent voltage. dBm in any 1 megahertz band. If trans- The measurement results shall be prop- mitting antennas of directional gain erly adjusted for any instrument limi- greater than 6 dBi are used, both the tations, such as detector response maximum conducted output power and times, limited resolution bandwidth the peak power spectral density shall capability when compared to the emis- be reduced by the amount in dB that sion bandwidth, sensitivity, etc., so as the directional gain of the antenna ex- to obtain a true peak measurement ceeds 6 dBi. conforming to the above definitions for (3) For the band 5.725–5.825 GHz, the the emission in question. maximum conducted output power over (5) The peak power spectral density is the frequency band of operation shall measured as a conducted emission by not exceed the lesser of 1 W or 17 dBm direct connection of a calibrated test + 10 log B, where B is the 26-dB emis- instrument to the equipment under sion bandwidth in MHz. In addition, test. If the device cannot be connected the peak power spectral density shall directly, alternative techniques accept- not exceed 17 dBm in any 1–MHz band. able to the Commission may be used. If transmitting antennas of directional Measurements are made over - gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both width of 1 MHz or the 26 dB emission the maximum conducted output power bandwidth of the device, whichever is and the peak power spectral density less. A resolution bandwidth less than shall be reduced by the amount in dB the measurement bandwidth can be that the directional gain of the an- used, provided that the measured tenna exceeds 6 dBi. However, fixed power is integrated to show total point-to-point U-NII devices operating power over the measurement band- in this band may employ transmitting width. If the resolution bandwidth is antennas with directional gain up to 23 approximately equal to the measure- dBi without any corresponding reduc- ment bandwidth, and much less than tion in the transmitter peak output the emission bandwidth of the equip- power or peak power spectral density. ment under test, the measured results For fixed, point-to-point U-NII trans- shall be corrected to account for any mitters that employ a directional an- difference between the resolution band- tenna gain greater than 23 dBi, a 1 dB width of the test instrument and its ac- reduction in peak transmitter power tual noise bandwidth. and peak power spectral density for (6) The ratio of the peak excursion of each 1 dB of antenna gain in excess of the modulation envelope (measured 23 dBi would be required. Fixed, point- using a peak hold function) to the max- to-point operations exclude the use of imum conducted output power (meas- point-to-multipoint systems, ured as specified above) shall not ex- omnidirectional applications, and mul- ceed 13 dB across any 1 MHz bandwidth

837

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00847 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.407 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

or the emission bandwidth whichever is lower frequency block edges as the de- less. sign of the equipment permits. (b) Undesirable emission limits: Except (c) The device shall automatically as shown in paragraph (b)(6) of this sec- discontinue transmission in case of ei- tion, the peak emissions outside of the ther absence of information to trans- frequency bands of operation shall be mit or operational failure. These provi- attenuated in accordance with the fol- sions are not intended to preclude the lowing limits: transmission of control or signalling (1) For transmitters operating in the information or the use of repetitive 5.15–5.25 GHz band: all emissions out- codes used by certain digital tech- side of the 5.15–5.35 GHz band shall not nologies to complete frame or burst in- exceed an EIRP of –27 dBm/MHz. tervals. Applicants shall include in (2) For transmitters operating in the their application for equipment au- 5.25–5.35 GHz band: all emissions out- thorization a description of how this side of the 5.15–5.35 GHz band shall not requirement is met. exceed an EIRP of –27 dBm/MHz. De- (d) [Reserved] vices operating in the 5.25–5.35 GHz (e) Within the 5.15–5.25 GHz band, U- band that generate emissions in the NII devices will be restricted to indoor 5.15–5.25 GHz band must meet all appli- operations to reduce any potential for cable technical requirements for oper- harmful interference to co-channel MSS operations. ation in the 5.15–5.25 GHz band (includ- (f) U-NII devices are subject to the ing indoor use) or alternatively meet radio frequency radiation exposure re- an out-of-band emission EIRP limit of quirements specified in § 1.1307(b), –27 dBm/MHz in the 5.15–5.25 GHz band. § 2.1091 and § 2.1093 of this chapter, as (3) For transmitters operating in the appropriate. All equipment shall be 5.47–5.725 GHz band: all emissions out- considered to operate in a ‘‘general side of the 5.47–5.725 GHz band shall not population/uncontrolled’’ environment. exceed an EIRP of ¥27 dBm/MHz. Applications for equipment authoriza- (4) For transmitters operating in the tion of devices operating under this 5.725–5.825 GHz band: all emissions section must contain a statement con- within the frequency range from the firming compliance with these require- band edge to 10 MHz above or below the ments for both fundamental emissions band edge shall not exceed an EIRP of and unwanted emissions. Technical in- –17 dBm/MHz; for frequencies 10 MHz or formation showing the basis for this greater above or below the band edge, statement must be submitted to the emissions shall not exceed an EIRP of Commission upon request. –27 dBm/MHz. (g) Manufacturers of U-NII devices (5) The emission measurements shall are responsible for ensuring frequency be performed using a minimum resolu- stability such that an emission is tion bandwidth of 1 MHz. A lower reso- maintained within the band of oper- lution bandwidth may be employed ation under all conditions of normal near the band edge, when necessary, operation as specified in the users man- provided the measured energy is inte- ual. grated to show the total power over 1 (h) Transmit Power Control (TPC) MHz. and Dynamic Frequency Selection (6) Unwanted emissions below 1 GHz (DFS). must comply with the general field (1) Transmit power control (TPC). U- strength limits set forth in § 15.209. NII devices operating in the 5.25–5.35 Further, any U-NII devices using an AC GHz band and the 5.47–5.725 GHz band power line are required to comply also shall employ a TPC mechanism. The U- with the conducted limits set forth in NII device is required to have the capa- § 15.207. bility to operate at least 6 dB below (7) The provisions of § 15.205 apply to the mean EIRP value of 30 dBm. A TPC intentional radiators operating under mechanism is not required for systems this section. with an e.i.r.p. of less than 500 mW. (8) When measuring the emission lim- (2) Radar Detection Function of Dy- its, the nominal carrier frequency shall namic Frequency Selection (DFS). U- be adjusted as close to the upper and NII devices operating in the 5.25–5.35

838

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00848 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.503

GHz and 5.47–5.725 GHz bands shall em- Subpart F—Ultra-Wideband ploy a DFS radar detection mechanism Operation to detect the presence of radar systems and to avoid co-channel operation with radar systems. The minimum DFS de- SOURCE: 67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, unless tection threshold for devices with a otherwise noted. maximum e.i.r.p. of 200 mW to 1 W is § 15.501 Scope. ¥64 dBm. For devices that operate with less than 200 mW e.i.r.p. the min- This subpart sets out the regulations imum detection threshold is ¥62 dBm. for unlicensed ultra-wideband trans- The detection threshold is the received mission systems. power averaged over 1 microsecond ref- erenced to a 0 dBi antenna. The DFS § 15.503 Definitions. process shall be required to provide a (a) UWB bandwidth. For the purpose uniform spreading of the loading over of this subpart, the UWB bandwidth is all the available channels. the frequency band bounded by the (i) Operational Modes. The DFS re- points that are 10 dB below the highest quirement applies to the following radiated emission, as based on the com- operational modes: plete transmission system including (A) The requirement for channel the antenna. The upper boundary is availability check time applies in the designated fH and the lower boundary is master operational mode. designated fL. The frequency at which (B) The requirement for channel the highest radiated emission occurs is move time applies in both the master designated fM. and slave operational modes. (b) Center frequency. The center fre- (ii) Channel Availability Check Time. quency, f , equals (f + f )/2. A U-NII device shall check if there is a C H L (c) Fractional bandwidth. The frac- radar system already operating on the tional bandwidth equals 2(f ¥f )/ (f + channel before it can initiate a trans- H L H f ). mission on a channel and when it has L to move to a new channel. The U-NII (d) Ultra-wideband (UWB) transmitter. device may start using the channel if An intentional radiator that, at any no radar signal with a power level point in time, has a fractional band- greater than the interference threshold width equal to or greater than 0.20 or values listed in paragraph (h)(2) of this has a UWB bandwidth equal to or part, is detected within 60 seconds. greater than 500 MHz, regardless of the (iii) Channel Move Time. After a ra- fractional bandwidth. dar’s presence is detected, all trans- (e) Imaging system. A general category missions shall cease on the operating consisting of ground penetrating radar channel within 10 seconds. Trans- systems, systems, missions during this period shall con- wall imaging systems through-wall im- sist of normal traffic for a maximum of aging systems and surveillance sys- 200 ms after detection of the radar sig- tems. As used in this subpart, imaging nal. In addition, intermittent manage- systems do not include systems de- ment and control signals can be sent signed to detect the location of tags or during the remaining time to facilitate systems used to transfer voice or data vacating the operating channel. information. (iv) Non-occupancy Period. A channel (f) Ground penetrating radar (GPR) that has been flagged as containing a system. A field disturbance sensor that radar system, either by a channel is designed to operate only when in availability check or in-service moni- contact with, or within one meter of, toring, is subject to a non-occupancy the ground for the purpose of detecting period of at least 30 minutes. The non- or obtaining the images of buried ob- occupancy period starts at the time jects or determining the physical prop- when the radar system is detected. erties within the ground. The energy [63 FR 40836, July 31, 1998, as amended at 69 from the GPR is intentionally directed FR 2687, Jan. 20, 2004; 69 FR 54036, Sept. 7, down into the ground for this purpose. 2004]

839

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00849 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.505 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(g) Medical imaging system. A field dis- ments specified in § 90.20(a)(1) of this turbance sensor that is designed to de- chapter. tect the location or movement of ob- (m) Hand held. As used in this sub- jects within the body of a person or part, a hand held device is a portable animal. device, such as a lap top computer or a (h) Wall imaging system. A field dis- PDA, that is primarily hand held while turbance sensor that is designed to de- being operated and that does not em- tect the location of objects contained ploy a fixed infrastructure. within a ‘‘wall’’ or to determine the physical properties within the ‘‘wall.’’ § 15.505 Cross reference. The ‘‘wall’’ is a concrete structure, the side of a bridge, the wall of a mine or (a) Except where specifically stated another physical structure that is otherwise within this subpart, the pro- dense enough and thick enough to ab- visions of subparts A and B and of sorb the majority of the signal trans- §§ 15.201 through 15.204 and 15.207 of sub- mitted by the imaging system. This part C of this part apply to unlicensed category of equipment does not include UWB intentional radiators. The provi- products such as ‘‘stud locators’’ that sions of § 15.35(c) and 15.205 do not apply are designed to locate objects behind to devices operated under this subpart. gypsum, plaster or similar walls that The provisions of Footnote US 246 to are not capable of absorbing the trans- the Table of Frequency Allocations mitted signal. contained in § 2.106 of this chapter does (i) Through-wall imaging system. A not apply to devices operated under field disturbance sensor that is de- this subpart. signed to detect the location or move- (b) The requirements of this subpart ment of persons or objects that are lo- apply only to the radio transmitter, cated on the other side of an opaque i.e., the intentional radiator, contained structure such as a wall or a ceiling. in the UWB device. Other aspects of the This category of equipment may in- operation of a UWB device may be sub- clude products such as ‘‘stud locators’’ ject to requirements contained else- that are designed to locate objects be- where in this chapter. In particular, a hind gypsum, plaster or similar walls UWB device that contains digital cir- that are not thick enough or dense cuitry not directly associated with the enough to absorb the transmitted sig- operation of the transmitter also is nal. subject to the requirements for unin- (j) Surveillance system. A field disturb- tentional radiators in subpart B of this ance sensor used to establish a sta- part. Similarly, an associated receiver tionary RF perimeter field that is used that operates (tunes) within the fre- for security purposes to detect the in- quency range 30 MHz to 960 MHz is sub- trusion of persons or objects. ject to the requirements in subpart B (k) EIRP. Equivalent isotropically ra- of this part. diated power, i.e., the product of the power supplied to the antenna and the § 15.507 Marketing of UWB equipment. antenna gain in a given direction rel- ative to an isotropic antenna. The In some cases, the operation of UWB EIRP, in terms of dBm, can be con- devices is limited to specific parties, verted to a field strength, in dBuV/m at e.g., law enforcement, fire and rescue 3 meters, by adding 95.2. As used in this organizations operating under the aus- subpart, EIRP refers to the highest sig- pices of a state or local government. nal strength measured in any direction The marketing of UWB devices must be and at any frequency from the UWB de- directed solely to parties eligible to op- vice, as tested in accordance with the erate the equipment. The responsible procedures specified in § 15.31(a) and party, as defined in § 2.909 of this chap- 15.523 of this chapter. ter, is responsible for ensuring that the (l) Law enforcement, fire and emer- equipment is marketed only to eligible gency rescue organizations. As used in parties. Marketing of the equipment in this subpart, this refers to those par- any other manner may be considered ties eligible to obtain a license from grounds for revocation of the grant of the FCC under the eligibility require- certification issued for the equipment.

840

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00850 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.510

§ 15.509 Technical requirements for Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm ground penetrating radars and wall 1164–1240 ...... –75.3 imaging systems. 1559–1610 ...... –75.3 (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- ing system operating under the provi- (f) For UWB devices where the fre- sions of this section must be below 10.6 quency at which the highest radiated GHz. emission occurs, fM, is above 960 MHz, (b) Operation under the provisions of there is a limit on the peak level of the this section is limited to GPRs and emissions contained within a 50 MHz wall imaging systems operated for pur- bandwidth centered on fM. That limit is poses associated with law enforcement, 0 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ fire fighting, emergency rescue, sci- a different resolution bandwidth, and a entific research, commercial mining, correspondingly different peak emis- or construction. sion limit, following the procedures de- (1) Parties operating this equipment scribed in § 15.521. must be eligible for licensing under the [68 FR 19749, Apr. 22, 2003] provisions of part 90 of this chapter. (2) The operation of imaging systems § 15.510 Technical requirements for under this section requires coordina- through D-wall imaging systems. tion, as detailed in § 15.525. (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- (c) A GPR that is designed to be oper- ing system operating under the provi- ated while being hand held and a wall sions of this section must be below 960 imaging system shall contain a manu- MHz or the center frequency, fC, and ally operated switch that causes the the frequency at which the highest ra- transmitter to cease operation within diated emission occurs, fM, must be 10 seconds of being released by the op- contained between 1990 MHz and 10600 erator. In lieu of a switch located on MHz. the imaging system, it is permissible (b) Operation under the provisions of to operate an imaging system by re- this section is limited to through-wall mote control provided the imaging sys- imaging systems operated by law en- tem ceases transmission within 10 sec- forcement, emergency rescue or fire- onds of the remote switch being re- fighting organizations that are under leased by the operator. the authority of a local or state gov- (d) The radiated emissions at or ernment. below 960 MHz from a device operating (c) For through-wall imaging systems under the provisions of this section operating with the UWB bandwidth shall not exceed the emission levels in below 960 MHz: § 15.209. The radiated emissions above (1) Parties operating this equipment 960 MHz from a device operating under must be eligible for licensing under the the provisions of this section shall not provisions of part 90 of this chapter. (2) The operation of these imaging exceed the following average limits systems requires coordination, as de- when measured using a resolution tailed in § 15.525. bandwidth of 1 MHz: (3) The imaging system shall contain Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm a manually operated switch that causes the transmitter to cease oper- 960–1610 ...... –65.3 ation within 10 seconds of being re- 1610–1990 ...... –53.3 leased by the operator. In lieu of a 1990–3100 ...... –51.3 3100–10600 ...... –41.3 switch located on the imaging system, Above 10600 ...... –51.3 it is permissible to operate an imaging system by remote control provided the (e) In addition to the radiated emis- imaging system ceases transmission sion limits specified in the table in within 10 seconds of the remote switch paragraph (d) of this section, UWB being released by the operator. transmitters operating under the pro- (4) The radiated emissions at or visions of this section shall not exceed below 960 MHz shall not exceed the the following average limits when emission levels in § 15.209. The radiated measured using a resolution bandwidth emissions above 960 MHz shall not ex- of no less than 1 kHz: ceed the following average limits when

841

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00851 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.511 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

measured using a resolution bandwidth (5) There is a limit on the peak level of 1 MHz: of the emissions contained within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm quency at which the highest radiated 960–1610 ...... ¥65.3 emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a Above 1990 ...... ¥51.3 different resolution bandwidth, and a correspondingly different peak emis- (5) In addition to the radiated emis- sion limit, following the procedures de- sion limits specified in the table in scribed in § 15.521. paragraph (c)(4) of this section, emis- (e) Through-wall imaging systems op- sions from these imaging systems shall erating under the provisions of this not exceed the following average limits section shall bear the following or when measured using a resolution similar statement in a conspicuous lo- bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz: cation on the device: ‘‘Operation of this Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm device is restricted to law enforcement, emergency rescue and firefighter per- 1164–1240 ...... ¥75.3 1559–1610 ...... ¥75.3 sonnel. Operation by any other party is a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and could subject the operator to serious legal (d) For equipment operating with fC penalties.’’ and fM between 1990 MHz and 10600 MHz: [68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003] (1) Parties operating this equipment must hold a license issued by the Fed- § 15.511 Technical requirements for eral Communications Commission to surveillance systems. operate a transmitter in the Public (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- Safety Radio Pool under part 90 of this ing system operating under the provi- chapter. The license may be held by sions of this section must be contained the organization for which the UWB between 1990 MHz and 10,600 MHz. operator works on a paid or volunteer (b) Operation under the provisions of basis. this section is limited to fixed surveil- (2) This equipment may be operated lance systems operated by law enforce- only for law enforcement applications, ment, fire or emergency rescue organi- the providing of emergency services, zations or by manufacturers licensees, and necessary training operations. petroleum licensees or power licensees (3) The radiated emissions at or as defined in § 90.7 of this chapter. below 960 MHz shall not exceed the (1) Parties operating under the provi- emission levels in § 15.209 of this chap- sions of this section must be eligible ter. The radiated emissions above 960 for licensing under the provisions of MHz shall not exceed the following av- part 90 of this chapter. erage limits when measured using a (2) The operation of imaging systems resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz: under this section requires coordina- tion, as detailed in § 15.525. Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm (c) The radiated emissions at or 960–1610 ...... ¥46.3 below 960 MHz from a device operating 1610–10600 ...... ¥41.3 ¥ under the provisions of this section Above 10600 ...... 51.3 shall not exceed the emission levels in (4) In addition to the radiated emis- § 15.209. The radiated emissions above sion limits specified in the paragraph 960 MHz from a device operating under (d)(3) of this section, emissions from the provisions of this section shall not these imaging systems shall not exceed exceed the following average limits the following average limits when when measured using a resolution measured using a resolution bandwidth bandwidth of 1 MHz: of no less than 1 kHz: Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm

Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm 960–1610 ...... ¥53.3 1610–1990 ...... ¥51.3 1164–1240 ...... ¥56.3 1990–10600 ...... ¥41.3 1559–1610 ...... ¥56.3 Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3

842

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00852 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.515

(d) In addition to the radiated emis- within 10 seconds of the remote switch sion limits specified in the table in being released by the operator. paragraph (c) of this section, UWB (d) The radiated emissions at or transmitters operating under the pro- below 960 MHz from a device operating visions of this section shall not exceed under the provisions of this section the following average limits when shall not exceed the emission levels in measured using a resolution bandwidth § 15.209. The radiated emissions above of no less than 1 kHz: 960 MHz from a device operating under the provisions of this section shall not Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm exceed the following average limits 1164–1240 ...... ¥63.3 when measured using a resolution 1559–1610 ...... ¥63.3 bandwidth of 1 MHz:

(e) There is a limit on the peak level Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm of the emissions contained within a 50 960–1610 ...... ¥65.3 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 quency at which the highest radiated 011990–3100 ...... ¥51.3 emission occurs, f . That limit is 0 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 M Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a (e) In addition to the radiated emis- correspondingly different peak emis- sion limits specified in the table in sion limit, following the procedures de- paragraph (d) of this section, UWB scribed in § 15.521. transmitters operating under the pro- (f) Imaging systems operating under visions of this section shall not exceed the provisions of this section shall bear the following average limits when the following or similar statement in a measured using a resolution bandwidth conspicuous location on the device: of no less than 1 kHz: ‘‘Operation of this device is restricted to law enforcement, fire and rescue of- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm ficials, public utilities, and industrial 1164–1240 ...... ¥75.3 entities. Operation by any other party 1559–1610 ...... ¥75.3 is a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and could subject the operator to serious legal (f) There is a limit on the peak level penalties.’’ of the emissions contained within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- [68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003] quency at which the highest radiated § 15.513 Technical requirements for emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 medical imaging systems. dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imag- different resolution bandwidth, and a ing system operating under the provi- correspondingly different peak emis- sions of this section must be contained sion limit, following the procedures de- between 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz. scribed in § 15.521. (b) Operation under the provisions of [68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003, as amended at 72 this section is limited to medical imag- FR 63823, Nov. 13, 2007] ing systems used at the direction of, or under the supervision of, a licensed § 15.515 Technical requirements for ve- health care practitioner. The operation hicular radar systems. of imaging systems under this section (a) Operation under the provisions of requires coordination, as detailed in this section is limited to UWB field dis- § 15.525. turbance sensors mounted in terres- (c) A medical imaging system shall trial transportation vehicles. These de- contain a manually operated switch vices shall operate only when the vehi- that causes the transmitter to cease cle is operating, e.g., the engine is run- operation within 10 seconds of being re- ning. Operation shall occur only upon leased by the operator. In lieu of a specific activation, such as upon start- switch located on the imaging system, ing the vehicle, changing gears, or en- it is permissible to operate an imaging gaging a turn signal. system by remote control provided the (b) The UWB bandwidth of a vehic- imaging system ceases transmission ular radar system operating under the

843

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00853 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.517 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

provisions of this section shall be con- measured using a resolution bandwidth tained between 22 GHz and 29 GHz. In of no less than 1 kHz: addition, the center frequency, fC, and the frequency at which the highest Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm level emission occurs, fM, must be 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 greater than 24.075 GHz. 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 (c) Following proper installation, ve- (f) There is a limit on the peak level hicular radar systems shall attenuate of the emissions contained within a 50 any emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- band that appear 38 degrees or greater quency at which the highest radiated above the horizontal plane by 25 dB emission occurs, f . That limit is 0 below the limit specified in paragraph M dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a (d) of this section. For equipment au- different resolution bandwidth, and a thorized, manufactured or imported on correspondingly different peak emis- or after January 1, 2005, this level of sion limit, following the procedures de- attenuation shall be 25 dB for any scribed in § 15.521. emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band (g) The emission levels from devices that appear 30 degrees or greater above operating under the provisions of this the horizontal plane. For equipment section that employ gated trans- authorized, manufactured or imported missions may be measured with the on or after January 1, 2010, this level of gating active. Measurements made in attenuation shall be 30 dB for any this manner shall be repeated over emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band multiple sweeps with the analyzer set that appear 30 degrees or greater above for maximum hold until the amplitude the horizontal plane. For equipment stabilizes. authorized, manufactured or imported on or after January 1, 2014, this level of [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 70 attenuation shall be 35 dB for any FR 6776, Feb. 9, 2005] emissions within the 23.6–24.0 GHz band that appear 30 degrees or greater above § 15.517 Technical requirements for in- door UWB systems. the horizontal plane. This level of at- tenuation can be achieved through the (a) Operation under the provisions of antenna directivity, through a reduc- this section is limited to UWB trans- tion in output power or any other mitters employed solely for indoor op- means. eration. (d) The radiated emissions at or (1) Indoor UWB devices, by the na- below 960 MHz from a device operating ture of their design, must be capable of under the provisions of this section operation only indoors. The necessity shall not exceed the emission levels in to operate with a fixed indoor infra- § 15.209. The radiated emissions above structure, e.g., a transmitter that must 960 MHz from a device operating under be connected to the AC power lines, the provisions of this section shall not may be considered sufficient to dem- exceed the following average limits onstrate this. when measured using a resolution (2) The emissions from equipment op- bandwidth of 1 MHz: erated under this section shall not be intentionally directed outside of the Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm building in which the equipment is lo- cated, such as through a window or a ¥ 960–1610 ...... 75.3 doorway, to perform an outside func- 1610–22,000 ...... ¥61.3 22,000–29,000 ...... ¥41.3 tion, such as the detection of persons 29,000–31,000 ...... ¥51.3 about to enter a building. Above 31,000 ...... ¥61.3 (3) The use of outdoor mounted an- tennas, e.g., antennas mounted on the (e) In addition to the radiated emis- outside of a building or on a telephone sion limits specified in the table in pole, or any other outdoors infrastruc- paragraph (d) of this section, UWB ture is prohibited. transmitters operating under the pro- (4) Field disturbance sensors in- visions of this section shall not exceed stalled inside of metal or underground the following average limits when storage tanks are considered to operate

844

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00854 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.519

indoors provided the emissions are di- 47 U.S.C. 301 and could subject the operator rected towards the ground. to serious legal penalties.’’ (5) A communications system shall [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June transmit only when the intentional ra- 10, 2002] diator is sending information to an as- sociated receiver. § 15.519 Technical requirements for (b) The UWB bandwidth of a UWB hand held UWB systems. system operating under the provisions (a) UWB devices operating under the of this section must be contained be- provisions of this section must be hand tween 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz. held, i.e., they are relatively small de- (c) The radiated emissions at or vices that are primarily hand held below 960 MHz from a device operating while being operated and do not em- under the provisions of this section ploy a fixed infrastructure. shall not exceed the emission levels in (1) A UWB device operating under the § 15.209. The radiated emissions above provisions of this section shall trans- 960 MHz from a device operating under mit only when it is sending informa- the provisions of this section shall not tion to an associated receiver. The exceed the following average limits UWB intentional radiator shall cease when measured using a resolution transmission within 10 seconds unless bandwidth of 1 MHz: it receives an acknowledgement from the associated receiver that its trans- Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm mission is being received. An acknowl- edgment of reception must continue to 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 1610–1990 ...... ¥53.3 be received by the UWB intentional ra- 1990–3100 ...... ¥51.3 diator at least every 10 seconds or the 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 UWB device must cease transmitting. Above 10600 ...... ¥51.3 (2) The use of antennas mounted on outdoor structures, e.g., antennas (d) In addition to the radiated emis- mounted on the outside of a building or sion limits specified in the table in on a telephone pole, or any fixed out- paragraph (c) of this section, UWB doors infrastructure is prohibited. An- transmitters operating under the pro- tennas may be mounted only on the visions of this section shall not exceed hand held UWB device. the following average limits when (3) UWB devices operating under the measured using a resolution bandwidth provisions of this section may operate of no less than 1 kHz: indoors or outdoors. Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm (b) The UWB bandwidth of a device operating under the provisions of this 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 section must be contained between 3100 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 MHz and 10,600 MHz. (c) The radiated emissions at or (e) There is a limit on the peak level below 960 MHz from a device operating of the emissions contained within a 50 under the provisions of this section MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- shall not exceed the emission levels in quency at which the highest radiated § 15.209. The radiated emissions above emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 960 MHz from a device operating under dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a the provisions of this section shall not different resolution bandwidth, and a exceed the following average limits correspondingly different peak emis- when measured using a resolution sion limit, following the procedures de- bandwidth of 1 MHz: scribed in § 15.521. (f) UWB systems operating under the Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm provisions of this section shall bear the 960–1610 ...... ¥75.3 following or similar statement in a 1610–1990 ...... ¥63.3 conspicuous location on the device or 1990–3100 ...... ¥61.3 in the instruction manual supplied 3100–10600 ...... ¥41.3 ¥ with the device: Above 10600 ...... 61.3 ‘‘This equipment may only be operated in- (d) In addition to the radiated emis- doors. Operation outdoors is in violation of sion limits specified in the table in

845

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00855 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.521 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

paragraph (c) of this section, UWB levels above 960 MHz are based on RMS transmitters operating under the pro- average measurements over a 1 MHz visions of this section shall not exceed resolution bandwidth. The RMS aver- the following average limits when age measurement is based on the use of measured using a resolution bandwidth a spectrum analyzer with a resolution of no less than 1 kHz: bandwidth of 1 MHz, an RMS detector, and a 1 millisecond or less averaging Frequency in MHz EIRP in dBm time. Unless otherwise stated, if pulse 1164–1240 ...... ¥85.3 gating is employed where the trans- 1559–1610 ...... ¥85.3 mitter is quiescent for intervals that are long compared to the nominal pulse (e) There is a limit on the peak level repetition interval, measurements of the emissions contained within a 50 shall be made with the pulse train MHz bandwidth centered on the fre- gated on. Alternative measurement quency at which the highest radiated procedures may be considered by the emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 Commission. dBm EIRP. It is acceptable to employ a (e) The frequency at which the high- different resolution bandwidth, and a est radiated emission occurs, fM, must correspondingly different peak emis- be contained within the UWB band- sion limit, following the procedures de- width. scribed in § 15.521. (f) Imaging systems may be employed [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June only for the type of information ex- 10, 2002] change described in their specific defi- nitions contained in § 15.503. The detec- § 15.521 Technical requirements appli- tion of tags or the transfer or data or cable to all UWB devices. voice information is not permitted (a) UWB devices may not be em- under the standards for imaging sys- ployed for the operation of toys. Oper- tems. ation onboard an aircraft, a ship or a (g) When a peak measurement is re- satellite is prohibited. quired, it is acceptable to use a resolu- (b) Manufacturers and users are re- tion bandwidth other than the 50 MHz minded of the provisions of §§ 15.203 and specified in this subpart. This resolu- 15.204. tion bandwidth shall not be lower than (c) Emissions from digital circuitry 1 MHz or greater than 50 MHz, and the used to enable the operation of the measurement shall be centered on the UWB transmitter shall comply with frequency at which the highest radi- the limits in § 15.209, rather than the ated emission occurs, fM. If a resolution limits specified in this subpart, pro- bandwidth other than 50 MHz is em- vided it can be clearly demonstrated ployed, the peak EIRP limit shall be 20 that those emissions from the UWB de- log (RBW/50) dBm where RBW is the vice are due solely to emissions from resolution bandwidth in megahertz digital circuitry contained within the that is employed. This may be con- transmitter and that the emissions are verted to a peak field strength level at not intended to be radiated from the 3 meters using E(dBuV/m) = P(dBm transmitter’s antenna. Emissions from EIRP) + 95.2. If RBW is greater than 3 associated digital devices, as defined in MHz, the application for certification § 15.3(k), e.g., emissions from digital filed with the Commission must con- circuitry used to control additional tain a detailed description of the test functions or capabilities other than the procedure, calibration of the test UWB transmission, are subject to the setup, and the instrumentation em- limits contained in Subpart B of this ployed in the testing. part. (h) The highest frequency employed (d) Within the tables in §§ 15.509, in § 15.33 to determine the frequency 15.511, 15.513, 15.515, 15.517, and 15.519, range over which radiated measure- the tighter emission limit applies at ments are made shall be based on the the band edges. Radiated emission lev- center frequency, fC, unless a higher els at and below 960 MHz are based on frequency is generated within the UWB measurements employing a CISPR device. For measuring emission levels, quasi-peak detector. Radiated emission the spectrum shall be investigated

846

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00856 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.525

from the lowest frequency generated in which the equipment will be operated. the UWB transmitter, without going This material shall be submitted to below 9 kHz, up to the frequency range Frequency Coordination Branch, OET, shown in § 15.33(a) or up to fC + 3/(pulse Federal Communications Commission, width in seconds), whichever is higher. 445 12th Street, SW, Washington, D.C. There is no requirement to measure 20554, Attn: UWB Coordination. emissions beyond 40 GHz provided fC is (c) The manufacturers, or their au- less than 10 GHz; beyond 100 GHz if fC is thorized sales agents, must inform pur- at or above 10 GHz and below 30 GHz; or chasers and users of their systems of beyond 200 GHz if f is at or above 30 C the requirement to undertake detailed GHz. coordination of operational areas with (i) The prohibition in § 2.201(f) and the FCC prior to the equipment being 15.5(d) of this chapter against Class B (damped wave) emissions does not operated. apply to UWB devices operating under (d) Users of authorized, coordinated this subpart. UWB systems may transfer them to (j) Responsible parties are reminded other qualified users and to different of the other standards and require- locations upon coordination of change ments cross referenced in § 15.505, such of ownership or location to the FCC as a limit on emissions conducted onto and coordination with existing author- the AC power lines. ized operations. (e) The FCC/NTIA coordination re- [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003; 70 FR 6776, Feb. 9, port shall identify those geographical 2005] areas within which the operation of an imaging system requires additional co- § 15.523 Measurement procedures. ordination or within which the oper- Measurements shall be made in ac- ation of an imaging system is prohib- cordance with the procedures specified ited. If additional coordination is re- by the Commission. quired for operation within specific geographical areas, a local coordina- § 15.525 Coordination requirements. tion contact will be provided. Except (a) UWB imaging systems require co- for operation within these designated ordination through the FCC before the areas, once the information requested equipment may be used. The operator on the UWB imaging system is sub- shall comply with any constraints on mitted to the FCC no additional co- equipment usage resulting from this ordination with the FCC is required coordination. provided the reported areas of oper- (b) The users of UWB imaging devices ation do not change. If the area of op- shall supply operational areas to the eration changes, updated information FCC Office of Engineering and Tech- shall be submitted to the FCC fol- nology, which shall coordinate this in- lowing the procedure in paragraph (b) formation with the Federal Govern- of this section. ment through the National Tele- (f) The coordination of routine UWB communications and Information Ad- operations shall not take longer than ministration. The information pro- 15 business days from the receipt of the vided by the UWB operator shall in- coordination request by NTIA. Special clude the name, address and other per- temporary operations may be handled tinent contact information of the user, with an expedited turn-around time the desired geographical area(s) of op- when circumstances warrant. The oper- eration, and the FCC ID number and ation of UWB systems in emergency other nomenclature of the UWB device. situations involving the safety of life If the imaging device is intended to be or property may occur without coordi- used for mobile applications, the geo- nation provided a notification proce- graphical area(s) of operation may be dure, similar to that contained in the state(s) or county(ies) in which the § 2.405(a) through (e) of this chapter, is equipment will be operated. The oper- followed by the UWB equipment user. ator of an imaging system used for fixed operation shall supply a specific [67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 geographical location or the address at FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003]

847

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00857 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.601 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

Subpart G—Access Broadband of this part do not apply to Access BPL Over Power Line (Access BPL) devices except where specifically noted. (b) The requirements of this subpart SOURCE: 70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, unless oth- erwise noted. apply only to the radio circuitry that is used to provide carrier current oper- § 15.601 Scope. ation for the Access BPL device. Other aspects of the operation of an Access This subpart sets out the regulations BPL device may be subject to require- for Access Broadband over Power Line (Access BPL) devices operating in the ments contained elsewhere in this 1.705–80 MHz band over medium or low chapter. In particular, an Access BPL voltage lines. device that includes digital circuitry that is not used solely to enable the op- § 15.603 Definitions. eration of the radio frequency circuitry used to provide carrier current oper- (a) Excluded Band: A band of fre- ation also is subject to the require- quencies within which Access BPL op- ments for unintentional radiators in erations are not permitted. subpart B of this part. (b) Exclusion Zone: A geographical area within which Access BPL oper- § 15.607 Equipment authorization of ations are not permitted in certain fre- Access BPL equipment. quency bands. (c) Consultation. The process of com- Access BPL equipment shall be sub- munication between an entity oper- ject to Certification as specified in ating Access BPL and a licensed public § 15.101. safety or other designated point of con- tact for the purpose of avoiding poten- § 15.609 Marketing of Access BPL equipment. tial harmful interference. (d) Consultation area: A designated The marketing of Access BPL equip- geographical area within which con- ment must be directed solely to parties sultation with public safety users or eligible to operate the equipment. Eli- other designated point of contact is re- gible parties consist of AC power line quired before an Access BPL may be public utilities, Access BPL service operated at designated frequencies. providers and associates of Access BPL (e) Low Voltage power line. A power service providers. The responsible line carrying low voltage, e.g., 240/120 party, as defined in § 2.909 of this chap- volts from a distribution transformer ter, is responsible for ensuring that the to a customer’s premises. equipment is marketed only to eligible (f) Medium Voltage power line. A power parties. Marketing of the equipment in line carrying between 1,000 to 40,000 any other manner may be considered volts from a power substation to neigh- grounds for revocation of the grant of borhoods. Medium voltage lines may be certification issued for the equipment. overhead or underground, depending on the power grid . § 15.611 General technical require- (g) Access BPL Database. A database ments. operated by an industry-sponsored en- (a) Conducted emission limits. Access tity, recognized by the Federal Com- BPL is not subject to the conducted munications Commission and the Na- emission limits of § 15.107. tional Telecommunications and Infor- (b) Radiated emission limits—(1) Me- mation Administration (NTIA), con- dium voltage power lines. (i) Access BPL taining information regarding existing systems that operate in the frequency and planned Access BPL systems, as range of 1.705 kHz to 30 MHz over me- required in § 15.615(a) of this chapter. dium voltage power lines shall comply with the radiated emission limits for § 15.605 Cross reference. intentional radiators provided in (a) The provisions of subparts A and § 15.209. B of this part apply to Access BPL de- (ii) Access BPL systems that operate vices, except where specifically noted. in the frequency range above 30 MHz The provisions of subparts C through F over medium voltage power lines shall

848

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00858 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.615

comply with the radiated emission lim- tral location, any unit found to cause its provided in § 15.109(b). harmful interference, if other inter- (2) Low voltage power lines. Access ference mitigation techniques do not BPL systems that operate over low- resolve the interference problem. voltage power lines, including those [70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 71 FR that operate over low-voltage lines 49379, Aug. 23, 2006] that are connected to the in-building wiring, shall comply with the radiated § 15.613 Measurement procedures. emission limits provided in § 15.109(a) and (e). Compliance measurements for Access (c) Interference Mitigation and Avoid- BPL shall be made in accordance with ance. (1) Access BPL systems shall in- the Guidelines for Access BPL systems corporate adaptive interference mitiga- specified by the Commission. tion techniques to remotely reduce § 15.615 General administrative re- power and adjust operating fre- quirements. quencies, in order to avoid site-spe- cific, local use of the same spectrum by (a) Access BPL Database. Entities op- licensed services. These techniques erating Access BPL systems shall sup- may include adaptive or ‘‘notch’’ fil- ply to an industry-recognized entity, tering, or complete avoidance of fre- information on all existing Access BPL quencies, or bands of frequencies, lo- systems and all proposed Access BPL cally used by licensed radio operations. systems for inclusion into a publicly (i) For frequencies below 30 MHz, available data base, within 30 days when a notch filter is used to avoid in- prior to initiation of service. Such in- terference to a specific frequency band, formation shall include the following: the Access BPL system shall be capa- (1) The name of the Access BPL pro- ble of attenuating emissions within vider. that band to a level at least 20 dB (2) The frequencies of the Access BPL below the applicable part 15 limits. operation. (ii) For frequencies above 30 MHz, (3) The postal zip codes served by the when a notch filter is used to avoid in- specific Access BPL operation. terference to a specific frequency band, (4) The manufacturer and type of Ac- the Access BPL system shall be capa- cess BPL equipment and its associated ble of attenuating emissions within FCC ID number, or, in the case of Ac- that band to a level at least 10 dB cess BPL equipment that has been sub- below the applicable part 15 limits. ject to verification, the Trade Name (iii) At locations where an Access and Model Number, as specified on the BPL operator attenuates radiated equipment label. emissions from its operations in ac- (5) The contact information, includ- cordance with the above required capa- ing both phone number and e-mail ad- bilities, we will not require that oper- dress of a person at, or associated with, ator to take further actions to resolve the BPL operator’s company, to facili- complaints of harmful interference to tate the resolution of any interference mobile operations. complaint. (2) Access BPL systems shall comply (6) The proposed/or actual date of Ac- with applicable radiated emission lim- cess BPL operation. its upon power-up following a fault (b) The Access BPL database man- condition, or during a start-up oper- ager shall enter this information into ation after a shut-off procedure, by the the publicly accessible database within use of a non-volatile memory, or some three (3) business days of receipt. other method, to immediately restore (c) No notification to the Commis- previous settings with programmed sion is required. notches and excluded bands, to avoid (d) A licensed spectrum user experi- time delay caused by the need for man- encing harmful interference that is ual re-programming during which pro- suspected to be caused by an Access tected services may be vulnerable. BPL system shall inform the local BPL (3) Access BPL systems shall incor- operator’s contact person designated in porate a remote-controllable shut- the Access BPL database. The inves- down feature to deactivate, from a cen- tigation of the reported interference

849

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00859 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.615 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

and the resolution of confirmed harm- TABLE 1—EXCLUDED FREQUENCY BANDS— ful interference from the Access BPL Continued system shall be successfully completed by the BPL operator within a reason- Frequency band able time period according to a mutu- 11,275–11,400 kHz ally acceptable schedule, after the re- 13,260–13,360 kHz ceipt of an interference complaint, in 17,900–17,970 kHz 21,924–22,000 kHz order to avoid protracted disruptions 74.8–75.2 MHz to licensed services. The Access BPL operator shall respond to complaints of (2) Exclusion zones. Exclusion zones harmful interference from public safe- encompass the operation of any Access ty users within 24 hours. With regard BPL system within 1km of the bound- to public safety complaints, the BPL ary of coast station facilities at the co- provider shall be required to imme- ordinates listed in Tables 2 and 2.1. Ex- diately cease the operations causing clusion zones also encompass the oper- such complaint if it fails to respond ation of Access BPL systems using within 24 hours. overhead medium voltage power lines (e) Consultation with public safety within 65 km of the Very Large Array users. An entity operating an Access observatory located at the coordinate BPL system shall notify and consult 34°04′43.50″; N, 107°37′03.82″ W. Exclusion with the public safety users in the area zones further encompass the operation where it plans to deploy Access BPL, of Access BPL systems using overhead at least 30 days prior to initiation of low voltage power lines or underground any operation or service. This entity power lines within 47 km of the Very shall design or implement the Access Large Array observatory located at the BPL system such that it does not cause coordinate 34°04′43.50″; N, 107°37′ 03.82″ harmful interference in those fre- W. Within the exclusion zones for coast quencies or bands used by the public stations, Access BPL systems shall not safety agencies in the area served by use carrier frequencies within the band the Access BPL system. The notifica- of 2173.5–2190.5 kHz. Within the exclu- tion shall include, at a minimum, the sion zone for the Very Large Array information in paragraph (a) of this radio astronomy observatory, Access section. BPL systems shall not use carrier fre- (f) Federal government spectrum users quencies within the 73.0–74.6 MHz band. and other radio service users. An entity (i) Existing coast station facilities. Ac- operating an Access BPL system shall cess BPL systems shall not operate in ensure that, within its Access BPL de- the frequency band 2,173.5–2,190.5 kHz, ployment area, its system does not op- within 1 kilometer (km) of the bound- erate on any frequencies designated as ary of coast station facilities at the co- excluded bands or on identified fre- ordinates listed in Tables 2 and 2.1. quencies within any designated exclu- BPL operators planning to deploy Ac- sion zones. cess BPL devices at these frequencies (1) Excluded Bands. To protect Aero- in areas within these exclusion zones nautical (land) stations and aircraft re- as defined above shall consult with the ceivers, Access BPL operations using appropriate point of contact for these overhead medium voltage power lines coast stations to ensure harmful inter- are prohibited in the frequency bands ference is prevented at these facilities. listed in Table 1. Specifically, such Point of contact: Commandant (CG BPL systems shall not place carrier 622), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 2nd Street, frequencies in these bands. SW., Washington, DC 20593–0001, Tele- phone: (202) 267–2860, e-mail: TABLE 1—EXCLUDED FREQUENCY BANDS [email protected]. Frequency band TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST 2,850–3,025 kHz GUARD COAST STATIONS 3,400–3,500 kHz 4,650–4,700 kHz Locale Latitude Longitude 5,450–5,680 kHz 6,525–6,685 kHz Group Guam ...... 13°35′23″ N 144°50′24″ E 8,815–8,965 kHz GANTSEC ...... 18°18′00″ N 65°46′59″ W 10,005–10,100 kHz Puerto Rico ...... 18°28′11″ N 66°07′47″ W

850

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00860 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.615

TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST TABLE 2—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR U.S. COAST GUARD COAST STATIONS—Continued GUARD COAST STATIONS—Continued

Locale Latitude Longitude Locale Latitude Longitude

Honolulu ...... 21°18′21″ N 157°53′23″ W Group Cape Hatteras ...... 35°15′35″ N 75°31′48″ W Group Key West ...... 24°33′35″ N 81°47′59″ W Morro Bay (Cambria) ...... 35°31′21″ N 121°03′31″ W Trumbo Point CG Base ..... 24°33′58″ N 81°47′57″ W San Clemente Island ...... 32°50′24″ N 118°23′15″ W Miami ...... 25°37′28″ N 80°23′07″ W Point Pinos ...... 36°38′12″ N 121°56′06″ W Everglades Park ...... 25°50′10″ N 81°23′13″ W CAMSLANT ...... 36°43′47″ N 76°01′11″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Saint Petersburg 25 51 00 N 81 23 24 W Group Hampton Roads ..... 36°53′01″ N 76°21′10″ W (Everglades). Point Montara ...... 37°31′23″ N 122°30′47″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Ft. Lauderdale ...... 26 05 21 N 80 06 40 W Point Montara Lighthouse 37°32′09″ N 122°31′08″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Ft. Myers Beach .... 26 27 34 N 81 57 15 W Group San Francisco ...... 37°32′23″ N 122°31′11″ W Group Miami (Ft. Pierce) ... 27°27′36″ N 80°18′36″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group San Francisco ...... 37 48 34 N 122 21 55 W Station Ft. Pierce ...... 27 27 50 N 80 18 27 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Bonita ...... 37 49 00 N 122 31 41 W Group Corpus Christi ...... 27 42 01 N 97 16 11 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Eastern Shores ...... 37 55 47 N 75 22 47 W Group Corpus Christi ...... 27 42 06 N 97 16 45 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Eastern Shore ...... 37 55 50 N 75 22 58 W ESD Saint Petersburg ...... 27 45 21 N 82 37 32 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Saint Petersburg ..... 27°46′11″ N 82°37′47″ W CAMSPAC ...... 38 06 00 N 122 55 48 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Port O’Connor ...... 28°26′03″ N 96°25′39″ W Point Arena Lighthouse ..... 38 57 18 N 124 44 28 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ S. Padre Island ...... 28°26′22″ N 97°09′56″ W Point Arena ...... 38 57 36 N 123 44 23 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Freeport ...... 28°55′59″ N 95°16′59″ W Group Atlantic City ...... 39 20 59 N 74 27 42 W Group Galveston (Free- 28°56′24″ N 95°17′59″ W Activities New York ...... 40°36′06″ N 74°03′36″ W port). Activities New York ...... 40°37′11″ N 74°04′11″ W Station YANKEETOWN ..... 29°01′51″ N 82°43′39″ W ESD Moriches Hut ...... 40°47′19″ N 72°44′53″ W Station Ponce De Leon 29°03′50″ N 81°55′01″ W Group Moriches ...... 40°47′23″ N 72°45′00″ W Inlet. Group Humboldt Bay ...... 40°58′41″ N 124°06′31″ W Group New Orleans 29°15′53″ N 89°57′26″ W Group Humboldt Bay ...... 40°58′47″ N 124°06′35″ W (Grand Isle). Trinidad Head ...... 41°03′15″ N 124°09′02″ W Galveston ...... 29°19′59″ N 94°46′18″ W Group Long Island Sound 41°16′12″ N 72°54′00″ W Kapalan ...... 29°20′04″ N 94°47′17″ W Station New Haven ...... 41°16′12″ N 72°54′06″ W Sabine ...... 29°43′42″ N 93°52′14″ W Station Brant Point ...... 41°17′21″ N 70°05′31″ W New Orleans ...... 30°01′17″ N 90°07′24″ W Group Woods Hole ...... 41°17′23″ N 70°04′47″ W Panama City ...... 30°10′01″ N 85°45′04″ W Station Castle Hill ...... 41°27′46″ N 71°21′42″ W Group Mobile (Panama 30°10′12″ N 85°45′36″ W Group Woods Hole ...... 41°17′29″ N 70°401′07″ W City). Boston Area ...... 41°40′12″ N 70°31′48″ W ANT Jacksonville Beach .... 30°17′16″ N 81°24′10″ W Station Provincetown ...... 42°01′48″ N 70°12′42″ W Pensacola ...... 30°20′24″ N 87°18′17″ W Eastern Point ...... 42°36′24″ N 70°39′26″ W Group Mayport ...... 30°23′10″ N 81°26′01″ W Cape Blanco ...... 42°50′16″ N 124°33′52″ W Group Mayport ...... 30°23′24″ N 81°25′48″ W Group North Bend ...... 43°24′16″ N 124°13′22″ W Ft. Morgan ...... 30°39′07″ N 88°03′12″ W Group North Bend ...... 43°24′35″ N 124°14′23″ W Tybee Lighthouse ...... 32°01′15″ N 80°50′39″ W Cape Elizabeth ...... 43°33′28″ N 70°12′00″ W Point Loma Lighthouse ...... 32°39′56″ N 117°14′34″ W Group South Portland ...... 43°38′24″ N 70°15′00″ W Point Loma ...... 32°40′07″ N 117°14′14″ W Group South Portland ...... 43°38′45″ N 70°14′51″ W Activities San Diego ...... 32°43′59″ N 117°11′13″ W Group SW Harbor ...... 44°16′19″ N 68°18′27″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Charleston (Sulli- 32 45 00 N 79 49 47 W Group Southwest Harbor ... 44°16′48″ N 68°18′36″ W van’s Island). Fort Stevens, Oregon ...... 46°09′14″ N 123°53′07″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Sullivan’s Island Lights ...... 32 45 02 N 79 50 03 W Group Astoria ...... 46°09′29″ N 123°31′48″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Charleston ...... 32 46 25 N 79 56 37 W Group Astoria ...... 46°09′35″ N 123°53′24″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group San Diego ...... 32 52 48 N 118 26 23 W La Push ...... 47°49′00″ N 124°37′59″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ San Pedro ...... 33 45 00 N 118 15 58 W Station Quillayute River ..... 47°54′49″ N 124°38′01″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group Fort Macon ...... 33 53 24 N 78 01 48 W Port Angeles ...... 48°07′59″ N 123°25′59″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Point Mugu ...... 33 59 32 N 119 07 18 W Group Port Angeles ...... 48°08′24″ N 123°24′35″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Group LA/Long Beach ...... 34 07 11 N 119 06 35 W Juneau (Sitka) ...... 57°05′24″ N 135°15′35″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Channel Island ...... 34 09 17 N 119 13 11 W Kodiak ...... 57°40′47″ N 152°28′47″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Station Oxnard Channel Is- 34 09 43 N 119 13 19 W Valdez (Cape 60°26′23″ N 146°25′48″ W land. Hinchinbrook). Group Ft. Macon ...... 34°41′48″ N 76°40′59″ W Group Cape Hatteras ...... 35°13′59″ N 75°31′59″ W Note: Systems of coordinates comply with NAD 83.

TABLE 2.1—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR MARITIME PUBLIC COAST STATIONS [Points of Contact Are Identified in the Commission’s License Database]

Licensee name Location Latitude Longitude

Shipcom LLC ...... Marina Del Ray, CA ...... 33°56′21″ N 118°27′14″ W Globe ...... Rio Vista, CA ...... 38°11′55″ N 121°48′34″ W Avalon Communications Corp ...... St. Thomas, VI ...... 18°21′19″ N 64°56′48″ W Globe Wireless ...... Bishopville, MD ...... 38°24′10″ N 75°12′59″ W Shipcom LLC ...... Mobile, AL ...... 30°40′07″ N 88°10′23″ W Shipcom LLC ...... Coden, AL ...... 30°22′35″ N 88°12′20″ W Globe Wireless ...... Pearl River, LA ...... 30°22′13″ N 89°47′26″ W Globe Wireless ...... Kahalelani, HI ...... 21°10′33″ N 157°10′39″ W Globe Wireless ...... Palo Alto, CA ...... 37°26′44″ N 122°06′48″ W

851

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00861 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR § 15.615 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

TABLE 2.1—EXCLUSION ZONES FOR MARITIME PUBLIC COAST STATIONS—Continued [Points of Contact Are Identified in the Commission’s License Database]

Licensee name Location Latitude Longitude

Globe Wireless ...... Agana, GU ...... 13°29′22″ N 144°49′39″ E

NOTE: Systems of coordinates comply with NAD 83.

(ii) New or relocated Coast stations. In of facilities located at the following co- the unlikely event that a new or relo- ordinates: cated coast station is established for (A) The Commission’s protected field the 2.173.5–2.190.5 kHz band at a coordi- offices listed in 47 CFR 0.121, the point- nate not specified in Table 2 or 2.1, Ac- of-contact for which is specified in that cess BPL operations in that frequency section; band shall also be excluded within 1 km (B) The aeronautical stations listed of the new coast station facility; in Tables 3a and 3b; (3) Consultation areas. Access BPL op- (C) The land stations listed in Tables erators shall provide notification to the appropriate point of contact speci- 4 and 5; fied regarding Access BPL operations (ii) For frequencies in the 1.7–80.0 at any frequencies of potential concern MHz frequency range, the areas within in the following consultation areas, at 4 km of facilities located at the coordi- least 30 days prior to initiation of any nates specified for radio astronomy fa- operation or service. The notification cilities in 47 CFR 2.106, Note U.S. 311. shall include, at a minimum, the infor- Point of contact: Electromagnetic mation in paragraph (a) of this section. Spectrum Manager, National Science We expect parties to consult in good Foundation, Division of Astronomical faith to ensure that no harmful inter- Sciences, 4201 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1045, ference is caused to licensed operations Arlington, VA 22230, (703) 292–4896, and that any constraints on BPL de- [email protected]. ployments are minimized to those nec- (iii) For frequencies in the 1.7–80 MHz essary to avoid harmful interference. frequency range, the area within 1 km In the unlikely event that a new or re- of the Table Mountain Radio Receiving located aeronautical receive station is Zone, the coordinates and point of con- established for the 1.7–30 MHz band at a tact for which are specified in 47 CFR coordinate not specified in Table 3b, 21.113(b). Access BPL operators are also required to coordinate with the appropriate (iv) For frequencies in the 1.7–30 MHz point of contact regarding Access BPL frequency range, the areas within 37 operations at any frequencies of poten- km of radar receiver facilities located tial concern in the new or relocated at the coordinates specified in Table 6. consultation areas, and to adjust their Point of contact: U.S. Coast Guard HQ, system operating parameters to pro- Division of CG– tect the new or relocated aeronautical 622, 2100 Second St., SW., Rm. 6611, receive station. Washington, DC 20593, Tel: (202) 267– (i) For frequencies in the 1.7–30 MHz 6036, : (202) 267–4106, e-mail: frequency range, the areas within 4 km [email protected].

TABLE 3a—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL (OR) STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

Washington ...... Arlington, VA ...... 38°51′07″ N 77°02′15″ W Cape Cod ...... Cape Cod, MA ...... 41°42′00″ N 70°30′00″ W Atlantic City ...... Atlantic City, NJ ...... 39°20′59″ N 74°27′42″ W Elizabeth City ...... Elizabeth City, NC ...... 36°15′53″ N 76°10′32″ W Savannah ...... Savannah, GA ...... 32°01′30″ N 81°08′30″ W Miami ...... Opa Locka, FL ...... 25°54′22″ N 80°16′01″ W Clearwater ...... Clearwater, FL ...... 27°54′27″ N 82°41′ 29″ W Borinquen ...... Aguadilla, PR ...... 18°18′36″ N 67°04′ 48″ W New Orleans ...... New Orleans, LA ...... 29°49′31″ N 90°02′ 06″ W Traverse City ...... Traverse City, MI ...... 44°44′24″ N 85°34′54″ W San Diego ...... San Diego, CA ...... 32°43′33″ N 117°10′ 15″ W

852

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00862 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 15.615

TABLE 3a—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL (OR) STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)—Continued

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

Sacramento ...... McCllelan AFB, CA ...... 38°40′06″ N 121°24′04″ W Astoria ...... Warrenton, OR ...... 46°25′18″ N 123°47′ 46″ W North Bend ...... North Bend, OR ...... 43°24′39″ N 124°14′35″ W Barbers Point ...... Kapolei, HI ...... 21°18′01″ N 158°04′15″ W Kodiak ...... Kodiak, AK ...... 57°44′19″ N 152°30′18″ W Houston ...... Houston, TX ...... 29°45′00″ N 95°22′00″ W Detroit ...... Mt. Clemens, MI ...... 42°36′05″ N 82°50′12″ W San Francisco ...... San Francisco, CA ...... 37°37′58″ N 122°23′20″ W Los Angeles ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 33°56′36″ N 118°23′48″ W Humboldt Bay ...... McKinleyville, CA ...... 40°58′39″ N 124°06′45″ W Port Angeles ...... Port Angeles, WA ...... 48°08′25″ N 123°24′48″ W Sitka ...... Sitka, AK ...... 57°05′50″ N 135°21′58″ W

NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

Point of contact: ARINC, 2551 Riva Point of contact: ARINC, 2551 Riva Road, Annapolis, MD 21401, Tel: 1–800– Road, Annapolis, MD 21401, Tel: 1–800– 633–6882, Fax: (410) 266–2329, e-mail: 633–6882, Fax: 410–266–2329, e-mail: [email protected], http:// [email protected], http:// www.arinc.com. www.arinc.com.

TABLE 3B—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR AERONAUTICAL RECEIVE STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ)

Locale Latitude Longitude

Southampton, NY ...... 40°55′15″ N 72°23′41″ W Molokai, HI ...... 21°12′23″ N 157°12′30″ W Oahu, HI ...... 21°22′27″ N 158°05′56″ W Half Moon Bay, CA ...... 37°39′64″ N 122°24′44″ W Pt. Reyes, CA ...... 38°06′00″ N 122°56′00″ W Barrow, AK ...... 71°17′24″ N 156°40′12″; W Guam ...... 13°28′12″ N 144°48′0.0″ E (note: East- ern Hemisphere) NY Comm Center, NY ...... 40°46′48″ N 73°05′46″ W Cedar Rapids, IA ...... 42°02′05.0″ N 91°38′37.6″ W Beaumont, CA ...... 33°54′27.1″ N 116°59′49.1″ W Fairfield, TX ...... 31°47′02.6″ N 96°47′03.0″ W Houston, TX ...... 29°36′35.8″ N 95°16′54.8″ W Miami, FL ...... 25°49′05″ N 80°18′28″ W Note: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

Point of contact: U.S. Coast Guard Washington, DC 20593, Tel: (202) 267– HQ, Division of Spectrum Management 6036, Fax: (202) 267–4106, e-mail: CG–622, 2100 Second St., SW., Rm. 6611, [email protected].

TABLE 4—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES FOR LAND STATIONS, SET 1 (1.7–30 MHZ)

Command name Location Latitude Longitude

COMMSTA Boston ...... Maspee, MA ...... 41°24′00″ N 70°18′57″ W Camslant ...... Chesapeake, VA ...... 36°33′59″ N 76°15′23″ W COMMSTA Miami ...... Miami, FL ...... 25°36′58″ N 80°23′04″ W COMMSTA New Orleans ...... Belle Chasse, IA ...... 29°52′40″ N 89°54′46″ W Camspac ...... Pt. Reyes Sta, CA ...... 38°06′00″ N 122°55′48″ W COMMSTA Honolulu ...... Wahiawa, HI ...... 21°31′08″ N 157°59′28″ W COMMSTA Kodiak ...... Kodiak, AK ...... 57°04′26′ N 152°28′20″ W Guam ...... Finegayan, GU ...... 13°53′08″ N 144°50′20″ E

NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83.

853

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00863 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR Pt. 17 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

Point of contact: COTHEN Technical 17.10 Antenna structures over 304.80 meters Support Center, COTHEN Program (1,000 feet) in height. Manager, Tel: (800) 829–6336. 17.14 Certain antenna structures exempt from notification to the FAA. TABLE 5—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES 17.17 Existing structures. FOR LAND STATIONS, SET 2 (1.7–30 MHZ) Subpart C—Specifications for Obstruction Site name Latitude Longitude Marking and Lighting of Antenna Structures Albuquerque, NM ...... 35°05′02″ N 105°34′23″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Arecibo, PR ...... 18 17 26 N 66 22 33 W 17.21 Painting and lighting, when required. Atlanta, GA ...... 32°33″06 N 84°23′35″ W Beaufort, SC ...... 34°34′22″ N 76°09′48″ W 17.22 Particular specifications to be used. Cape Charles, VA ...... 37°05′37″ N 75°58′06″ W 17.23 Specifications for painting and light- Cedar Rapids, IA ...... 42°00′09″ N 91°17′39″ W ing antenna structures. Denver, CO ...... 39°15′45″ N 103°34′23″ W Fort Myers, FL ...... 81°31′20″ N 26°20′01″ W AVIATION RED OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Kansas City, MO ...... 38 22 10 N 93 21 48 W [RESERVED] Las Vegas, NV ...... 36°21′15″ N 114°17′33″ W Lovelock, NV ...... 40°03′07″ N 118°18′56″ W 17.24–17.43 [Reserved] Memphis, TN ...... 34°21′57″ N 90°02′43″ W 17.45 Temporary warning lights. Miami, FL ...... 25°46′20″ N 80°28′48″ W Morehead City, NC ...... 34°34′50″ N 78°13′59″ W 17.47 Inspection of antenna structure lights Oklahoma City, OK ...... 34°30′52″ N 97°30′52″ W and associated control equipment. Orlando, FL ...... 28°31′30″ N 80°48′58″ W 17.48 Notification of extinguishment or im- Reno, NV ...... 38°31′12″ N 119°14′37″ W proper functioning of lights. Sarasota, FL ...... 27°12′41″ N 81°31′20″ W 17.49 Recording of antenna structure light ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Wilmington, NC ...... 34 29 24 N 78 04 31 W inspections in the owner record. NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83. 17.50 Cleaning and repainting. Point Of Contact: ROTHR Deputy 17.51 Time when lights should be exhibited. 17.53 Lighting equipment and paint. Program Manager, (540) 653–3624. 17.54 Rated lamp voltage. 17.56 Maintenance of lighting equipment. TABLE 6—CONSULTATION AREA COORDINATES 17.57 Report of radio transmitting antenna FOR RADAR RECEIVER STATIONS (1.7–30 MHZ) construction, alteration and/or removal. Latitude/Longitude 17.58 Facilities to be located on land under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Forest Serv- 18°01′ N/66°30′ W ice or the Bureau of Land Management. 28°05′ N/98°43′ W 36°34′ N/76°18′ W AUTHORITY: Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat. 1066, 1082, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 154, 303. Interpret or NOTE: Systems of coordinates conform to NAD 83. apply secs. 301, 309, 48 Stat. 1081, 1085 as [70 FR 1374, Jan. 7, 2005, as amended at 71 FR amended; 47 U.S.C. 301, 309. 49379, Aug. 23, 2006] Subpart A—General Information PART 17—CONSTRUCTION, MARK- ING, AND LIGHTING OF AN- § 17.1 Basis and purpose. TENNA STRUCTURES (a) The rules in this part are issued pursuant to the authority contained in Subpart A—General Information Title III of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, which vest authority Sec. in the Federal Communications Com- 17.1 Basis and purpose. mission to issue licenses to radio sta- 17.2 Definitions. tions when it is found that the public 17.4 Antenna structure registration. 17.5 Commission consideration of applica- interest, convenience, and necessity tions for station authorization. would be served thereby, and to require 17.6 Responsibility of Commission licensees the painting, and/or illumination of an- and permittees. tenna structures if and when in its judgment such structures constitute, Subpart B—Federal Aviation Administration or there is reasonable possibility that Notification Criteria they may constitute, a menace to air 17.7 Antenna structures requiring notifica- navigation. tion to the FAA. (b) The purpose of this part is to pre- 17.8 Establishment of antenna farm areas. scribe certain procedures for antenna 17.9 Designated antenna farm areas. structure registration and standards

854

VerDate Aug<31>2005 08:39 Dec 17, 2008 Jkt 214197 PO 00000 Frm 00864 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214197.XXX 214197 yshivers on PRODPC68 with CFR